a product message image
{' '} {' '}
Limited time offer
SAVE % on your upgrade

Page 1

0/1

TECH HAS MOVED ON

Full-Time & Part-Time Higher Education Prospectus 2020/21

So have we...

#BetterOffAtSERC

Bangor

|

Downpatrick

|

Lisburn

|

Newtownards

Return to contents page


2 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 3

Applications Open in November 2019 for courses starting in September 2020

Contents Welcome to SERC 05 Apply at SERC 16 Full-Time at a Glance 45 Full-Time Courses 54 Part-Time Courses 112 Part-Time at a Glance 114

Return to contents page


4 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Applications Open in November 2019 for courses starting in September 2020

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 5

Welcome Welcome to SERC, a dynamic and forward thinking college.

At SERC we’re always here to support you with services such as our award winning Careers Advice Service, Student Finance, Learning Support and SERC Extra to ensure that you get the most out of your time with us. No matter what problems you face we can always help you.

And we want you to have some fun too! By getting involved in the Students’ Union you can help organise events, make new friends and above all have fun.

We truly believe you’re better off at SERC. We strive to make your time with us count when it comes to getting a job, that’s why we’re different. We offer each of our students a career enhancing experience through our enterprise driven curriculum where you will work on live projects, solving problems for real businesses. You will also have the opportunity to undertake work placements as part of your course to develop a deeper understanding of the world of work, all of which look great on your CV. If you are planning on progressing to Higher Education after your course we have a range of HNDs, Higher Level Apprenticeships and Foundation Degrees that you can study with us. You’ll benefit from small class sizes, expert lecturers and lower course fees than university. Last year 1389 students studied a Higher Education course at SERC, 160 under took Higher Level Apprenticeships.

Ken Webb

Principal and Chief Executive

At SERC we are passionate about inspiring, transforming and enriching the lives of our students. The support given at SERC has helped thousands of students join the workforce and build the Northern Irish economy. We are immensely proud of our students and their achievements.

Return to contents page


6 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Our Facts We are OUTSTANDING Leadership and Management at SERC

STUDY UP TO DEGREE LEVEL WITH US

eti Inspectorate 2016

FREE

TRAVEL PASS* Available to Further Education Students

FREE WIFI

English, Maths & ICT are important parts of our study programmes

ON CAMPUS

Grants Available* For fees, maintenance/living costs, travel, books and equipment and childcare *T's & C's apply

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

FANCY A CUPPA? We have Cafés on our main campuses


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 7

90%

92%

93%

90%

of students agree that the facilities and resources provided by the college helped them learn

of students are satisfied

achievement rate of our full-time students

loved our facilities

Internal FT Research

Learning made easy

FT Research Report

Internal Feedback

Our online materials score 4.8 out of 5 stars

Gain experience working on placements and projects as we work with over

7000 EMPLOYERS

92%

enjoy their course at SERC

FT Research Report

Learn from the best

95%

of students agree that their tutor encourages them to achieve their full potential FT Research Report

Return to contents page


8 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

SPACE Bangor Outstanding Facilities HUB English and Maths Hub Our main campuses now have modern English and Maths hubs, where you can drop in to an informal setting and get help with every day Maths and English tasks including GCSE or Essential Skills qualifications.

Our newest Campus SPACE is situated in Bangor and is an industry standard ÂŁ12 million, 3,650m2 facility which is home to our Performing Arts, Computing and Engineering students.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 9

SPACE Bangor Campus SPACE boasts industry standard performing and rehearsal spaces, dance studios, professional recording studios and a high specification theatre where Performing and Creative Art students can perform in front of a paying audience to develop their confidence and skills. Students will learn about improvisation, vocal and movement techniques, writing and performing theatre pieces, and overall experience within an audition setting, all of which are essential for anyone looking to gain employment within the competitive creative industries.

IT students have the use of fully designated Mac and PC suites which feature top end software packages to help them hone their skills for careers such as Software Developers, Web Designers and Technicians. While Engineering students benefit from working on the latest industry standard equipment such as CNC machines, 3D printers and laser cutters which enables them to be more than ready for the world of work once completing their qualification.

Return to contents page


10 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Better off at SERC Wider employability skills are essential in securing employment after your studies. When you become a student at SERC you will be given the opportunity to develop these skills through our Employability Programme, that’s why your better off at SERC. SERC will give you as many opportunities as possible to help you gain better skills and get real life experience. You will have the opportunity to develop skills such as problem solving, communication, critical thinking, people management and team working. This will make all the difference when you are applying for jobs or Higher Education courses in the future.

Did you know? Over 1/3 of employers stated that a graduate with no previous work experience would not be successful during their selection process, regardless of their academic qualification NI Skills Barometer

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Studying at SERC will help you start the journey to your dream career as you will • Gain more qualifications • Have the opportunity to set up a SERC Student Company • Take part in industry projects • Undertake work placements • Get involved with volunteer programmes We can give you advantages, skills and experiences other young people take years to get. Students sitting where you are now have gone on to amazing careers with companies like Coca-Cola and NASA!


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 11

Your Study Programme 80% Work experience to read employment

15% Vocational programme 5% English Maths & ICT Your study programme (course) will include a number of elements. Each study programme will be unique to your individual needs to support your career ambitions.

Vocational qualification

Work experience

Your vocational qualification will make up the majority of your study programme. The qualification will be a mix of practical and theory which will enhance your understanding of the subject.

You will undertake practical work experience and work related learning related to the vocational area of the study programme. This will develop your employability skills and apply your learning in real life situations.

English, Maths and ICT

Additional Activities

If you do not have a GCSE Grade C or above in English, Maths or ICT you will work towards achieving an Essential Skills qualification in these subjects. These will be built into your timetable and are recognised by employers and universities.

Your programme will also include other activities designed to support and help you develop the job related skills, experience and confidence required to progress to employment or Higher Education. This includes tutorials, field trips and volunteering opportunities.

Return to contents page


12 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Bangor Outstanding Facilities HUB English and Maths Hub Our main campuses now have modern English and Maths hubs, where you can drop in to an informal setting and get help with everyday Maths and English tasks including GCSE or Essential Skills qualifications.

Step into our campus for the first time and you’ll be impressed. We’ve invested millions in our campuses to give you the very best equipment and facilities. How can we be so sure? Because we’ve worked with industry leaders, the very people who will want to employ you, to design them.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 13

Bangor Campus Specialising in Bio-Sciences, Computing, Electronic Engineering, Manufacturing and Mechanical Engineering, Media, Music, Photography, Sport and Recreation, Construction, Public Services, Creative Industries and Performing Arts. Bangor Campus is home to our training restaurant The Birches which is open to the public, which prepares the next generation of chefs and front of house staff for the Hospitality industry. Our hair and beauty salon Shadeka is also open to the public during term time and allows students to gain practical experience of working in a fully operational salon.

Recent ÂŁ3million refurbishment

Return to contents page


14 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Better off at SERC There are many common misconceptions and myths around studying Higher Education at a Further Education College as opposed to university. Here are some factual information that will help you make a more informed decision when applying for a Higher Education course and ensure you are better off at SERC!

Fact 1 Achieve

Fact 2 Save Money

Fact 3 Experienced Staff

Our Higher Education students have an achievement rate of 94%*. Higher Education courses such as Foundation Degrees, Higher Level Apprenticeships and HND’s are a fantastic route into work and equip students with the essential skills employers are looking for.

Studying at SERC is much cheaper than university. With average Full-Time Foundation Degrees costing just £2,500 compared to average NI fees at £3,925 and UK frees at £9,000 , studying Full-Time Higher Education at SERC can save approximately £1500 per year.

In addition to teaching qualifications SERC staff must also have professional qualifications in a range of disciplines. From Software Engineering, Electronics, Applied Science, Early Years, Hospitality, the list goes on. SERC staff are experts in the use of our industry standard equipment and software, often providing specialist training to industry.

*FELS 2017-18

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 15

Fact 4 Support We offer impartial advice and guidance. From award winning Careers Advisors to support with additional learning needs, SERC offers all the support you need to succeed. We also host several talks from industry to broaden students’ horizons, raise their aspirations and inform them of all the career options available in their chosen field. While masterclasses and site visits from industry professionals help to prepare students for the real world of work.

Fact 5 Recognised Qualifications Our Foundation Degrees are accredited by universities. By studying a Foundation Degree or Degree with SERC you can become an associate student of Liverpool John Moores (LJMU), Ulster University or Queens University. This means you will receive a certificate from the university itself and you can benefit from their student services such as their LRC and Sports Centre, as well as SERCs facilities. Our excellent links with these Universities also mean on completion of your Foundation Degree there is a natural progression route for you to top up your qualification to a Degree.

Return to contents page


16 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Apply at SERC Pre Entry Advice and Guidance Sessions

Apply Visit

apply.serc.ac.uk

We’ll invite you to attend a mandatory pre entry advice and guidance session with the subject tutor - it’s a great chance to talk about the course and discuss how it can help you achieve the career you want.

and apply online.

Oct. 2019

Nov. 2019

Apply Online serc.ac.uk

Visit us

Dec. 2019

Jan. 2020

Feb. 2020

Full-Time Information Day 13 November

Come along to an Open Day and discover what SERC has to offer

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Mar. 2020

Open Day 3 March


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 17

Well Done

Evaluation Opportunity

Providing all entry requirements are met, you will be offered a place on the course! To enrol you will need evidence of results and proof of ID i.e. Passport, Driving Licence, National ID Card or National Insurance Card. If you don’t get the results you need, please don’t panic. We will be right here to help you look at all your options.

Our admissions process includes an evaluation opportunity allowing us to consider skills beyond academic achievement. This will include for example an audition, portfolio submission, practical tasks etc.

Apr. 2020

May 2020

Jun. 2020

Jul. 2020

Aug. 2020

Higher Education Enrolment Days 13 & 14 August

Sep. 2020

Further Education Enrolment Days 20 & 21 August

Start of term

Return to contents page


18 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

We Value our Students

"Our lecturers have developed close links with employers and professional organisations, which they use to ensure that courses reflect current industry demands." Chloe Robinson and Megan Simpson, Health and Social Care students

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 19

At SERC we believe that learning is a partnership involving both the teaching staff and you the student. COURSE DELIVERY Our students value the fact that our courses are taught by subject experts, who are skilled at presenting lessons in a manner that prompts and supports them in their learning. Most courses use workshops, seminars, tutorials and practical sessions as the basis for delivery. Our lecturers have developed close links with employers and professional organisations, which they use to ensure that courses reflect current industry demands.

INDEPENDENT STUDENT LEARNING However, as much support lecturers provide for students it is still important for you to recognise your role in learning. As you progress in Higher Education there will be opportunities to develop independent learning techniques to enhance your personal development and prepare for the world of work. This is enhanced through the use of technology, project-based activity, presentations, employability, enterprise and team work activities. ASSESSMENT Assessment is a key part of student study and each course uses a range of assessment activities to test a range of learning outcomes. Most programmes have a large element of continual assessment which allows skills to be developed over a period of time. Typical assessment tasks include preparation of reports and essays, development of art-works and portfolios, engineering solutions,

laboratory practicals or performance pieces. Most courses will require you to take part in group work and it is usual for students to prepare and deliver presentations at some point in their studies. Staff will provide you with feedback throughout the course. Both written and oral feedback will allow students to identify strengths and address weakness and is an aid to continual improvement and development. TUTORIAL SUPPORT All students will have a timetabled tutorial session and a dedicated year tutor. This time will be used for both individual and group sessions. They will keep you up-to-date about course requirements, progression and provide guidance on the student experience. In addition, you may use to discuss subject issues and the development of subject knowledge.

Return to contents page


20 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Lisburn Outstanding Facilities HUB English and Maths Hub Our main campuses now have modern English and Maths hubs, where you can drop in to an informal setting and get help with everyday Maths and English tasks including GCSE or Essential Skills qualifications.

Specialising in Bio-Sciences, Computing, Electronic Engineering, Manufacturing and Mechanical Engineering, Media, Music, Photography, Sport and Recreation, Travel and Tourism, Construction, Animal Management, Creative Industries and Performing Arts.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 21

Lisburn Campus Lisburn Campus boasts a vibrant learning environment in a modern campus in the heart of Lisburn City. Our training restaurant The Linen Room which is open to the public, prepares the next generation of chefs and front of house staff for the hospitality industry. Revive Hair and Beauty Salon is also open to the public during term time and allows students to gain practical experience of working in a fully operational salon.

The ÂŁ27 million campus houses a world class technical skills centre.

Return to contents page


22 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Better off at SERC So what’s the key to landing your dream job? It’s making sure that the skills you’ve got are exactly the skills that the economy needs. Our close industry links mean we know where the jobs are going to be - and how to get you ready for them.

#BetterOffAtSERC Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 23

START YOUR CAREER WITH CONFIDENCE

Taylor Trouton Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering

Taylor, completed her GCSEs at Saintfield High School before enrolling at South Eastern Regional College where she successfully completed a Level 3 90-Credit Diploma in Engineering, achieving an overall double grade Distinction* Distinction at the Downpatrick Campus. Taylor said, “I was always good at maths and wanted to focus on this strong point which led me to engineering. I loved the course and attending SERC I soon realised I wanted to go further. I knew what I wanted to do and luckily, I could pursue this at SERC through a Higher-Level Apprenticeship programme where I am completing an Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering which unites the principles of mechanics, electronics and computing. It combines mechanical engineering problem-solving and design

Take a look at the kinds of exciting projects you’ll take part in. Working with local employers on real life jobs is the quickest way to get job-ready skills and confidence. Plus it’s a great way to impress employers or universities too!

skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics. It was the variety in the course that attracted me, plus I knew I would be using my maths skills. “I started my career at Donite Plastics based in Saintfield, before moving to Creative Composites where I am employed as a CNC Technician. My work involves programming machines that will cut a range of materials for customers from around the world, from vehicle designs to medical equipment. The work is interesting and challenging. Creative Composites are very supportive of me completing my qualifications. I work four days a week and attend SERC’s Lisburn Campus one day a week.

and thankfully, not getting into debt. I will complete my Apprenticeship and Foundation Degree this May and am looking forward to continuing my employment with Creative Composites - it is a great place to work, there are people there with vast amounts of experience which I am learning from every day. Finally, she said, “I would certainly recommend this route for qualifications and work to everyone. Matching your ambitions and qualifications with a supportive employer, leading in the sector is the way to go.”

She added, “The big advantage of following the Higher-Level Apprenticeship route is that I am out working, I am able to put my knowledge from college into my work and vice versa. I am completing my education

We work with hundreds of employers and businesses Our links to industry names assure our courses equip students with the skills employers want. These partnerships also provide students with fantastic opportunities, to work on live projects set by employers, attend workshops, gain industry recognised qualifications and gain real life work experience, so they are work ready when they leave.

Return to contents page


24 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

I loved the challenge of the course and all the new things I was learning and the opportunities that were open to me following the course. I wholeheartedly recommend anyone thinking about returning to education to consider the access course. The tutors are very supportive, so I’d say give it a go. Sara Mehaffy Past Student, Access Course

She is an excellent lecturer. Ruth is patient, kind and knowledgeable about the industry we are training to enter. She won’t settle for anything less than perfection. We have learnt so much from her and she has really pushed us to be the best we can be. Megan Smith Level 2 Diploma in Professional Bakery

I am indebted to the staff at SERC for helping me realise my potential and encouraging me to make a fresh start and follow my heart. Megan Ormsby Past student HMC Level 4 Health and Social Care

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 25

Gain work experience Abroad! All students enrolled from Level 2 up to our Level 5 Higher Education courses are eligible to participate in the Funded Erasmus+ European Work Experience Programme. Opportunities are available in Spain, Tenerife, Italy and Malta for students to undertake a 2 week work placement in a relevant business. Gaining work experience abroad will help boost your self-confidence, independence and improve your employability prospects, giving your CV the edge when you come to apply for jobs. It’s 100% funded by the EU’s Erasmus+ Programme, and students selected for this project will be supported with • • • • • • •

Study USA Develop your employability prospects by taking part in Study USA. Study USA is an innovative programme which offers students the opportunity to study business for one year in America. The programme which is administered by the British Council will ensure you gain international exposure, enhance your business and management skills and increase your job prospects while enhancing your CV!

The cost of travel to and from the UK Accommodation costs including utilities Local travel costs in Europe Subsistence money Meals and cultural activities A work placement in your vocational area Support from tutors and host organisations

A recruitment and selection process for suitable candidates takes place every autumn. Work placements are currently available in the following areas Animal Management, IT, Travel and Tourism, Sport, Catering, Performing Arts, Construction and Early Years.

Return to contents page


26 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Downpatrick Outstanding Facilities HUB English and Maths Hub Our main campuses now have modern English and Maths hubs, where you can drop in to an informal setting and get help with everyday Maths and English tasks including GCSE or Essential Skills qualifications.

Specialising in Hairdressing, Beauty, Hospitality, Computing, Tourism, Art and Design, Engineering, Motor Vehicle, Early Years, Health and Care, Animal Care and Construction Trades.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 27

Downpatrick Campus Downpatrick Campus is a vibrant learning environment with a welcoming and friendly atmosphere and fantastic facilities designed to hone student’s specialist skills and training. Our training restaurant The McNeill Room which is open to the public, prepares the next generation of chefs and front of house staff for the Hospitality industry. DeCourcy Hair and Beauty Salon is also open to the public during term time and allows students to gain practical experience of working in a fully operational salon.

A ÂŁ33 million world class learning facility

Return to contents page


28 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

All the Support you Need What’s the first thing that people notice here at SERC? It’s our welcoming and friendly atmosphere - and all the support you need to achieve your ambitions. Supporting you

Student Finance

If you need advice and support Our award-winning Careers Officers can help you find the answers. They can advise you on matching your skills to your career, tell you which qualifications you’ll need to get your dream job and help you get any additional support you might need. There is a whole range of support available to ensure your time at SERC is enjoyable and that you reach your full potential.

If you’re concerned about the costs you will incur while studying, contact our Student Finance Team for advice on financial support options that may be available studentfinance@serc.ac.uk.

If you have additional learning needs We’ve got excellent facilities and resources to support all our students, as well as a welcoming and helpful team of specialist support staff. From dyslexia to mental health and mobility access requirements, our Learning Support team can work with you to arrange the additional support you need to succeed. If things are getting on top of you Our free personal counselling service is here to help. If you need somewhere to study Our Learning Resource Centre has everything you need - thousands of books, computers and digital resources; and fantastic staff to help you find what you want. We also have English and Maths HUB’s on each Campus.

You may be able to get help with expenses like travel to and from College, books and materials/kits required for your course, maintenance/living costs (Full-Time students only), tuition fees, and childcare*. Some support is in the form of grants, this is money you do not have to repay, while other support is in the forms of loans, which you will need to repay in the future. * To make sure your funding is in place from the start of term you should contact us for advice on the financial options available to you prior to commencing your course.

Higher Education Financial Support Options* Student Finance NI/Student Loans Company – Full-Time Students (PN1 form). Repayable tuition fee and maintenance loans, means tested, non-repayable, maintenance grant and other supplementary grants, including childcare.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Student Finance NI/Student Loans Company – Part-Time Students (PTL form). In addition to means tested tuition fee and course grants a non-means tested repayable tuition fee loan has been introduced. This can be used as a top up to the course fee grant, if it does not cover your full course fees, or to pay your full fees if you are not eligible for a tuition fee grant. Hardship Fund Assistance with costs associated with attending College for students who are unable to receive financial support from other sources. Care to Learn ssistance with the costs of registered childcare. Further information is available on all financial support options in the Fees and Finance section of our website: www.serc.ac.uk/fees-and-finance *subject to eligibility, terms and conditions apply Fees are applicable for all HE courses. The rate of fees that you pay will depend upon where you live. Northern Ireland domiciled* students can apply for a loan for tuition fees, a maintenance loan for living costs and a non-repayable maintenance grant (for lower income


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 29

households). For further information please visit: www.studentfinanceni.co.uk Students from England, Scotland and Wales will pay a higher rate of tuition fees and should contact the agencies below for further information on the support available: Student Finance England (in England) www.gov.uk/student-finance Student Awards Agency for Scotland (in Scotland) www.saas.gov.uk Student Finance Wales (in Wales) www.studentfinancewales.co.uk Tuition fee rates for 2020/21, information on tuition fee liability, and the payment process will be released in January 2020. Please check Fees and Finance section of our website www.serc.ac.uk/fees-and-finance

ETI* says...There is outstanding quality of the care, guidance and support in place for students

Safeguarding and Equality We welcome and celebrate the unique talent and experience of each individual student. We’re proud to have built a community that celebrates its diversity, and makes sure everyone is valued, supported and respected. Worried about your own or someone else’s safety? Everyone needs a safe environment to thrive. Here at SERC, we’re committed to making sure that you’re kept safe from harm, such as neglect, bullying or abuse. If you’re in an unsafe situation at home, at College or anywhere else, we’re here to support you and involve people who can help. We are passionate about safeguarding our students and helping them to keep safe. If you need support or advice you can contact our Safeguarding Team.

Thought about how you will finance your college expenses? Money is available to assist you with the costs you will incur while you study** You may be eligible for money towards the following costs • Fees • Books, kits and materials • Home to College Travel • Placement Travel • Maintenance/Living costs • Childcare

*subject to eligibility, terms and conditions apply

*ETI, Education Training Inspectorate

**Eligibility terms & conditions apply. Speak to a College Student Finance Advisor further information Return toforcontents page


30 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Prize Winners

Level 3 Professional Cookery student Ben Fleming’s culinary talents and skills gained him third place at the South African Young Chef of the Year at Kingsway’s College, London.

Level 3 Electrical Installation Apprentice Scott Barr won gold at the WorldSkills Regional SkillBuild competition as well as won overall Young Apprentice of the Year being presented with the Haldane Fisher Cup.

Level 2 Garden Design student Kateryna Zaichyk was awarded Best Student Concept Master Plan Design and Best Innovative Concept Detail Award at the national Garden and Landscape Designers Association (GLDA) Student Design Competition.

Hospitality students from SERC’s Bangor Campus competed at the HEAT Culinary Competition Finals and were awarded the Best Teamwork award as well as a bronze medal for their culinary excellence.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Level 3 Hairdressing student Sara Beggs was a cut above the rest as she was announced as Regional Winner in the national Wella Xposure Student Hairdressing Competition 2019.

Level 3 Plastering student Curtis Johnston has been selected for TeamUK to compete at the WorldSkills competition in Russia.


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 31

Level 3 Catering apprentices Adam Jones, Matthew McGivern and Adam Proctor reached the finals of The Country Range Student Chef Challenge. SERC was the only college from Northern Ireland to reach the finals.

Level 3 Health and Social care student Cassie Munro from SERC’s Newtownards Campus was shortlisted for the British Education Awards 2019.

HND Engineering students James Robinson and Simon Keys won the Institute of Engineering and Technology (IET) Engineering Award for their innovative use of technology in their Greenpower Formula 24+ race car project and the Siemens Digital Award for their use of Computer Aided Design in developing the car.

Training for success students were awarded 2nd place for highest sales and 3rd prize for the highest amount raised for their fund-raising efforts during the Action Cancer Big Shop Challenge.

Level 3 Applied Science students Izzy McConkey, Kerri-Melissa Burns and Sarah Scannell won the Best Northern Irish Project and Group 1st Place at the 2019 BT Young Scientist & Technology Exhibition. SERC was also named BT Best Overall School from Northern Ireland.

Level 3 catering apprentice Rachel Carson reached the finals of the European VET Excellence Awards.

Return to contents page


32 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Entry Requirements The table below shows typical entry requirements for each level, although your chosen course may have specific requirements, so please check individual course requirements.

Level 6 Level 5 Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Level 1 Entry

Vocational Courses

Entry Requirements

Equivalent

When Completed

Bachelor Degree

Successful completion of Level 5 related qualification or related industry experience and an interview

BA (Hons)

Continue to Masters or use your skills to start work

Higher National Diplomas (HNDs), Foundation Degrees

Successful completion of Level 4 related qualification or related industry experience and an interview

2nd year of a Bachelor Degree

Progress to University or use your skills to start work

Higher National Certificates (HNCs), Higher Level Apprenticeships

A Levels or successful completion of Level 3 related qualification or related industry experience and an interview

1st year of a Bachelor Degree

Progress to Higher Education at SERC, University or use your skills to start work

BTECs, Diplomas, Apprenticeships and Access to Education

5 GCSEs at Grades C/4 or above including English Language and/or Maths (some courses may require both, please check your individual course). Or successful completion of a Level 2 related qualification and interview.

A Levels

Progress to Higher Education at SERC, University or use your skills to start work

BTECs, Diplomas, Awards, Certificates, NVQs, Apprenticeships and Training for Success (Skills for Work)

5 GCSEs at Grades D to G/3-1 (including a curriculum related subject, English Language and/or Maths). Or successful completion of a Level 1 related qualification.

GCSEs

Progress to Level 3 study or use skills to start work

BTECs, Awards, Certificates, Diplomas, NVQs, Skills for your Life and Skills for Work

1 formal qualifications required

Progress to Level 2 study or use skills to start work

Skills for your life (training for Success) vocational studies

No formal qualifications required

Progress to Level 1 study

For all courses you will be required to have an interview. There may be more specific requirements for your particular course e.g. for creative arts courses you may require a portfolio of work. If you have disabilities or learning difficulties, you may not need to meet some entry requirements - our Learning Support Team can advise you. Call 0345 600 7555 for further advice.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 33

Campuses

Bangor Campus

Downpatrick Campus

Lisburn Campus

Castle Park Road, Bangor, Co. Down, BT20 4TD

Market Street, Downpatrick, Co. Down, BT30 6LZ

Castle Street, Lisburn, Co. Down, BT27 4SU

Contact Details T 0345 600 7555 E info@serc.ac.uk

Newtownards Campus

SPACE Campus

Victoria Avenue, Newtownards, Co. Down, BT23 7EH

Castle Park Road, Bangor, Co. Down, BT20 4TD

#BetterOffAtSERC

Opening Hours Monday - Thursday 845am - 500pm Friday 845am - 330pm Saturday - Sunday Closed

Return to contents page


34 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Qualifications Explained

Level 5

This is a Higher Education qualification that combines academic study with workbased learning. Designed jointly by Universities, Colleges and employers, Foundation Degrees are available in a range of work-related subjects. They are designed to equip you for a particular area of work, as well as giving you the general skills that are useful in any type of job. Upon completion of a Foundation Degree you can also progress to University to top up your qualification to a Degree. Most of

HNDs are a work-related, vocational Higher Education qualification. While Degrees tend to focus on gaining knowledge, HNDs are designed to give you the skills to put that knowledge to effective use in a particular job. HNDs are highly valued by employers both in the UK and overseas, and can also count towards membership of professional bodies and other employer organisations. Upon completion of your HND you can progress to university to complete a Degree Programme.

Higher National Certificate (HNC) LEVEL 4

HNCs are a vocational Higher Education qualification that is usually studied part-time over two years. HNCs are popular with students who are already in employment as they enable you to put the skills you learn into practice in your current job. Students can top up their HNC to a HND which can lead to further study at Degree Level.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

AS Level Tariffs

A Level (A2) Tariffs

UCAS TARIFF

LEVEL 5

A Higher Level Apprenticeship is a work-based programme which enables you to earn while you learn and gain a nationally recognised professional qualification. HLAs are a great alternative to University, many offer training up to Degree level, a salary and the opportunity to start moving your career forward. All without paying hefty tuition fees or running up student debts. Choosing a HLA will give you an alternative route to high skills roles in exciting organisations, nationally recognised Access qualifications, work experience where you get UCAS paid and transferable skills Tariffs which help you progress to within your career. ACCESS OVERALL AVERAGE

Foundation Degree

Higher National Diploma (HND)

75% +

144

74%

132

72-73%

132 132

65-69%

120

60-64%

108

UCAS TARIFF POINTS

This is a Higher Education qualification that helps you develop a true understanding of a subject. At SERC you can study for a Degree part-time or through flexible learning which usually takes four years to complete. The qualification is designed to help you develop your analytical, intellectual and essay or dissertation writing skills.

LEVEL 4 AND 5

70-71%

A*

56

55-59%

96

GRADE

Level 6

Higher Level Apprenticeships

UCAS TARIFF POINTS

Degree

our Foundation Degrees are accredited by the University of Ulster, giving you a natural progression route upon completion.

GRADE

At SERC we offer a large variety of Higher Education courses which are fully recognised by employers and universities. There are several different pathways and progression routes which allow for further study or employment.Â

A

20

A

48

52-54 %

84

B

16

B

40

50-51%

84

C

12

C

32

49- 45%

72

D

10

D

24

44-41%

60

E

6

E

16

40%

48


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 35

Progression Chart Level

6

Level

3

Level

2

AS/A2 Level

Level 3 Apprenticeship

Level 3 Ext Dip

Level 2 Apprenticeship

Level 2 Diploma

168

D*D*D

160

D*DD

152

DDD

144

DDM

MMM

128 D*D*

112

D*D

104

DD

MPP

84

DM

Level

1

96 D*D*

MMP

Level 1 Certificate

80 D*D

78

DD

72

MM

64 DM

PPP

Academic Route

Training Route

Further Education Route

UCAS TARIFF POINTS

D*D*D*

DMM

GCSE A-C

CERTIFICATE

Higher Level Apprenticeship

SUBSIDIARY DIPLOMA

4

HNC

Foundation Degree

90-CREDIT DIPLOMA

Level

HND

DIPLOMA

5

Higher Level Apprenticeship

BTEC Nationals Grades vs UCAS Tariffs (QCF) EXTENDED DIPLOMA

Level

Degree

MP

MM

60 D*

56

D

48

MP PP

36 M

PP P

32 D*

28

D

24

M

16

P

8

Return to contents page


36 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

SERC Students’ Union SERC Students’ Union is a democratic body, elected by the student community to work on behalf of and for the benefit of students. SERC Students’ Union deliver a programme of events and activities for the SERC Student community to advocate, enrich and enhance student life for all our students. All students both full-time and parttime are members of the Students’ Union.

Settle in Our Freshers’ Fairs take place in early September and are a great chance to make friends, find out what we’ve got to offer, pick up loads of freebies and get to know local organisations.

Be elected as a Student Leader We have lots of roles available on the Student Leadership Team including Student Governor who has a seat at the table of our Governing Body - pretty big stuff! Also, we aim to have a full team of elected officers to represent students on each campus, for example, Campus President, Welfare Officer, Activities Officer and more! This team of students work together on campaigns and issues that matter most to SERC students.

Be a Class Representative The student voice is really important at SERC and only you can know what it’s like to be a student on your particular course. As a Class Rep, you are the eyes, ears and voice for students in your class. Class Reps have a fantastic opportunity to make a real difference to the way in which your class, course or even the College is run! Volunteer and stand out from the crowd. We work closely with the careers officers to bring you volunteer opportunities which can help you gain experience in your chosen field of study or to simply give back to society in a meaningful way. This is a great way to boost your CV!

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Have fun We want you to enjoy your time at College and we have lots of events throughout the year run by students for students including fundraising and social events.

Make great savings SERC SU is affiliated to the National Union of Students and the Union of Students Ireland through our Regional representative body NUS USI. Being part of the NUS enables students to engage with a range of national opportunities. Students can also save money with the NUS Extra card which offers over 200 discounts online and in store. Find out more at www.totum.com We really hope you enjoy your time at SERC and if you ever need a friendly ear to listen please contact us at

studentsunion@serc.ac.uk Facebook.com/SERCSU @SERCSU


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 37

SERC Student Governor Dillon Stanley Your SERC Student Governor After securing enough votes at the polling stations, 20 year old Dillon Stanley from Lisburn has been elected as SERC Student Governor for 2018/19. Dillon, who studies an HNC in Construction and the Built Environment said

I am looking forward to leading the team of elected Student Officers to make your time at SERC the best that it can be. Being involved in the Students’ Union is good fun and provides opportunities to make new friends and to develop useful skills.

I would encourage all students to take an active part in the SERC SU and a great way to do this is through running to become an SU Officer, Class Rep or Peer Mentor. Full training for SU Officers and Class Reps is provided and there will be opportunities to attend regional meetings and events throughout the year, meet Student Union Officers in other Colleges and get involved in campaigns, events and training that can enhance your CV!�

Contact SERC SU The Student Union at SERC are supported by a staff team and the Student Engagement Manger. You can get in touch with us by contacting Catherine Shipman Student Engagement Manager

E studentsunion@serc.ac.uk M 079 1959 7732 T 0345 600 7555 Where to Find us We have offices on each of our four main sites.

Lisburn Campus Students Union Office Bangor Campus Room A27 Newtonards Campus Room A2 and A3 Downpatrick Campus Room B2-9

Return to contents page


38 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Newtownards Outstanding Facilities HUB English and Maths Hub Our main campuses now have modern English and Maths hubs, where you can drop in to an informal setting and get help with everyday Maths and English tasks including GCSE or Essential Skills qualifications.

Specialist training in Heat Pump Installation, Biomass and Solar Technologies,Energy Assessment, The Code for Sustainable Homes, Wave and Tidal Energy, Deep Geothermal Power, Energy Storage and Passive and Zero Carbon Homes.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 39

Newtownards Campus Is home to SERC's Award Winning Environmental Skills Centre. Specialising in Motorsport Engineering, Bricklaying, Renewable Energies, Health and Social Care and Early Years. The Centre is a hub for Sustainable Development and Renewable Technology, which includes standalone curriculum and services such as Motor Vehicle, Plumbing and Engineering.

An industry standard facility specialising in Sustainable Energy and Renewable Technology.

Return to contents page


40 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

New Learning... New Thinking

PBL SERC have developed a 12 step Project Based Learning (PBL) process to help you learn better. PBL uses industry focused projects to make your learning more effective. You will study in small groups, learn from each other and develop skills in a fun way. Regardless of whether you prefer to learn using written instructions or using your imagination to create new solutions, PBL will make you more employable.

Why PBL? • PBL is a student-centered approach which students find more enjoyable and satisfying • Students with PBL experience rate their abilities higher • It encourages learning from experience, allowing what has been learnt to understand problems • It helps develop teamwork and communication skills

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 41

PBL is used across all vocational areas at SERC and will prepare you for the world of work and help you develop the right skills, attitudes and behaviours, while having fun and learning along the way.

Š PBL copyrighted to SERC Return to contents page


42 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

SERC Student Companies You will have the opportunity to work in a student company or form your own!

Enterprise Winners

SERC provides a range of activities through which you can develop enterprise skills. All Full-Time students spend the first two weeks of the academic year developing enterprise ideas. Students from over 30 curriculum areas collaborate in small teams to develop solutions which are exhibited in public presentation events.

2

Weeks Developing Enterprise Ideas

The best enterprise solutions voted for by students compete in an Enterprise final for the chance to win prizes. These activities will develop your skills and are great for your CV.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

SERC Student Company ANCPOS, is a group of entrepreneurial Engineering Apprentices who developed an idea for a digital control panel which would operate a fishing trawler winch. ANCPOS received technical support from engineering lecturers and business support from the University of the Third Age (U3A). They are currently working with external bodies to secure further development funding.

Maker Space Maker Space rooms with creative equipment including 3D printers and design software are available for all students to use. Students from a range of curriculum areas can learn from each other and help each other to design and develop innovative solutions which can turn into business ideas.


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 43

Artisan Bakes Specialises in delicious desserts to go. These desserts range from pavlova to popular cheesecakes and meringues of all flavours.

The Dirty Beetroot Specialise in beetroot-based food products which are healthy and nutritious and have added a twist.

Cutting Edge We manufacture personalised gifts and decorative homewares. Sector Award and Entrepreneur Award winners 2019.

Made to Treasure Produces individually made crafts from decorated champagne flutes, wine glasses and recycled up-do bottles.

ANCPOS We aim to replace fishermen manually having to count warp windings and operating winches by developing a computer program which automatically detect net rope characteristics

Craving Candy We provide customers with bright, colourful and tasty sweets for any occasion.

Don’t Bird it, Bin it We offer an educational package to local primary schools about solutions to global and local plastic usage problems.

McNeill Wood Design We specialise in bespoke hand crafted and manufactured wooden pieces that are quirky, unique and highly decorative.

Copper Crafts A plumbing based student company who specialise in copper architecture art designs.

Wood ‘n’ Stuff We create unique pieces of furniture and decorative features for outdoor and indoor use.

In the Mix Bakehouse We specialise in creating tasty, attractive and reasonably priced baked goods with eco-friendly packaging.

Re Do It, Re New It We create products that are all upcycled or recycled. These products range from small pieces of furniture to highly decorative articles

Return to contents page


44 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Higher Level Apprenticeships Higher Level Apprenticeships have been an important and exciting addition to SERC’s Higher Education provision. They provide the opportunity for new and existing employees to take their studies to a higher level while following an apprenticeship mode of delivery. The Higher Level Apprenticeship includes the achievement of either a professional qualification at Level 4 or Level 5 or a Foundation Degree. Other key features of Higher Level Apprenticeships include on-the-job learning, supportive mentoring from both college staff and supervisors in the workplace and the opportunity to apply the skills and knowledge developed in college directly to the job role. SERC offers Higher Level Apprenticeships in Accounting; Automotive Management; Mechatronics, Gas Management, Childcare, Computing, Advanced Manufacturing, Management, Health and Social Care and Advanced Automotive. The length of a Higher Level Apprenticeship will vary depending on the programme you chose, but will be a minimum of two years.

Benefits to Apprentices By taking part in a Higher Level Apprenticeship, you can gain the skills that employers need and that are relevant to the local economy, therefore improving your prospects of good earnings and sustained employment.

Other benefits include • earning while you learn; • achieving professional-level qualifications without paying higher education tuition fees; • increased opportunities for career progression; • Supportive mentoring as you complete your higher-level programme • a clear pathway to achieving ambitions in the workplace.

Benefits to Employers Higher Level Apprenticeships allow employers to train staff to the level needed so they have strong technical and good employability skills.

Benefits of Higher Level Apprenticeships include • Improved staff motivation and productivity - apprentices bring enthusiasm and energy to the workforce; • The mixture of on and off-the-job training means the apprentice learns the skills that work best for the business; • Increased productivity and improved competitiveness; • Help in filling skills gaps by developing the specialist skills that you require for the business.

Eligibility Opportunities are available for you to gain qualifications from Level 4 upwards if you are a new employee or an existing employee in a new job role. Entry requirements will depend on the apprenticeship pathway.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

To take part in the Higher Level Apprenticeship programme you need to • be employed or be about to take up paid employment as an apprentice with a Northern Ireland based company; • work a minimum of 21 hours per week (which includes time for ‘off-the-job’ training); • meet the entry requirements of your chosen occupation; • be the minimum school leaving age in Northern Ireland.

Employer Responsibilities • To employ the apprentice for the duration of the Apprenticeship on the terms and conditions set out in the contract of employment; • To provide the training experience necessary to achieve the apprentice’s training objectives; • To pay the apprentice the appropriate rate for the job including the hours spent in off the job training; • To comply with all legal and contractual responsibilities in respect of H&S and equality of opportunity; • To ensure that the apprentice is released to attend off the job training.


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 45

Full-Time Higher Education at a Glance This table gives you an idea of the wide range of courses available for study at SERC on a Full-time basis. It will enable you to check the specific entry requirements at level 2 (GCSE or Essential Skills) as well as the UCAS points required and their National Diploma, Access or A Level specific requirements. Further information on each course occurs later in the prospectus and will also be available on the SERC Website .

Applied Science, Sport and Access to University Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport, Coaching and Fitness

2

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including:

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Applied Sciences (Biology)

2

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology)

2

A levels which must include one at A2 OR

Level 3 Diploma (or equivalent) and must include a subject in a related area

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 65%+ and with one science module at 60%+ Successful completion of BTEC level 4 HNC Applied Sciences (Biology)

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above (no equivalency) Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths)

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including:

At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Chemistry or Biology) OR

Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units: Chemistry for Biotechnicians and Industrial Chemical Reactions

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65% + and with one science module at a minimum of 60%

Return to contents page


46 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Computing & Engineering Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Pearson BTEC HND in Computing

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy  

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including:  

A levels  

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy  

OR Level 3 Diploma in Computing   

Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 65+%

In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required   Pearson BTEC HND Engineering

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy  

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including:  

A levels OR  

GCSE Mathematics Grade C (or Merit in the Engineering Principles unit on the Level 3 Diploma/ Extended Diploma in Engineering) or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Level 3 Diploma in Engineering  

Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 65+%

In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required   Ulster University Foundation Degree in Computing 

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above   GCSE Mathematics Grade C (or University-approved equivalent)  In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required 

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including:

A levels OR

Level 3 Diploma

Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 45+%


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 47

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or other university approved qualification 

Minimum 64 UCAS points which includes;

A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR

Level 3 National Award in Engineering

Access to Higher Education Diploma with overall average of 60+%

Construction & Engineering Services Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Pearson BTEC HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (RQF)

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy  

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including:

Two A Levels at A2 OR

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy  

Level 3 National Diploma

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying) 

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy  

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including:

Two A Levels at A2 OR 

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Level 3 National Diploma   

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%  

Return to contents page


48 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction - Management)

1

HNC - You must have successfully completed the Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction)

ADMISSIONS - Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL - Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

Health & Care and Early Years Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Queen’s University Belfast Foundation Degree Early Childhood Studies

2

GCSE English Language Grade C or above;  

A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above, At least 1 other GCSE Grade C or above preferably in a Science subject

Pearson Edexcel Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults’ Management) Wales and Northern Ireland (QCF)

2

No info given

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

2 A Levels

Level 3 Extended Diploma in Children’s Care, Learning and Development

Access course - minimum of 55% including Mathematics and English No info given


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 49

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Leadership for Children’s Care Learning and Development (Management)

1

You must possess at least one of the following:     5 GCSE Passes grade c or above including Maths and English 

Additionally   You should be employed in a supervisory role at management level in a recognised registered childcare setting to apply for this course.  

Recognised Level 3 Child Care Award Minimum age entry 19 years old   Ulster University Foundation Degree in Science in Health and Social Care

2

Attained minimum Grade C at GCSE in 5 subjects or an equivalent standard in an approved alternative qualification. Provide evidence of competence in numeracy (GCSE Grade C or above or equivalent)  Hold a BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care or a related Level 3 subject area, or two GCE A Level passes or equivalent   OR Provide evidence of their ability to undertake the programme through the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL).  APEL is a process by which you may be awarded credits for learning that you have gained in the past, and which is relevant to the course to which you have applied.  It may also help you gain entry to a programme if you do not have the required entry qualifications.  This may be certified or experiential learning.  

Return to contents page


50 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Healthcare Practice

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent  

A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include:

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent  

2 A levels

Level 3 BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma

Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma  

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+ Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Social and Community Work (Social and Community Work Practice) 

1

GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent  

A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include:  

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent  

2 A levels  

Level 3 BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma  

Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma  

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+  

Hospitality Tourism & Management Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Liverpool John Moores University BSc Hons Business Management

4

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

A minimum of 96 UCAS points including:

GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Two A Levels at A2 OR  

Level 3 National Diploma

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ with one science module at 60%+


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 51

Ulster University Foundation Degree In Tourism, Hospitality and Events

1

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Essential Skills 

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Leadership and Management

1

Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Level 2 Numeracy 

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in International Travel and Tourism Management

1

A minimum of 72 UCAS points including:

Two A Levels at A2 OR  

Level 3 National Diploma

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ A minimum of 72 UCAS points including:

Two A Levels at A2 OR

Level 3 National Diploma

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy   For students who have recently been in education, the entry profile is one of the following:   A BTEC Level 3 qualification in Travel and Tourism. A GCE Advanced Level profile that demonstrates strong performance in a relevant subject or adequate performance in more than one GCE subject. This profile is likely to be supported by GCSE grades A* to C or equivalent and include subjects such as maths and English. Other related Level 3 qualifications. An Access to Higher Education Diploma awarded by an approved further education institution

Return to contents page


52 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

C&G Level 4 Diploma in the Principles of Hospitality Management

1

Grade C (or above) in GCSE English Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language   Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2)  ESOL Level 2 

Performing & Creative Arts Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Pearson BTEC HND in Music (RQF)

1

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills)  

A minimum of 32 UCAS points which can be made up of

A levels OR

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

Level 3 Diploma in a related area equivalent to 32 UCAS points OR

A Level Music at Grade C or above (32 UCAS points)

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+ Pearson BTEC HND in Performing Arts 

1

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills)

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including:  

An A Level  OR  

GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy  

Level 3 National Diploma in Performing Arts

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of  58%+


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 53

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Art and Design (RQF) (Photography)

1

A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   

A minimum of 32 UCAS points including:

A Level at A2 which must include a grade C pass or above in an art/photography/media related subject OR  

Level 3 National Diploma equivalent to 32 UCAS points in art, media or photography related subject. OR  

A Pass in a Foundation Diploma or Foundation Degree in Art and Design

Return to contents page


54 /

Full-Time Higher Education

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


/ 55

56

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to University

64

School of Computing and Engineering

74

School of Construction and Engineering Services

82

School of Health and Early Years

92

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages

104

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Return to contents page


56 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Bio Scientist £25,000 - £42,000 A Bio Scientist will require a high-level of accuracy and great attention to detail along with excellent communication skills. Usually set in a laboratory setting, you will generally work from 9am to 5pm in a range of sectors that may include agricultural, pharmaceutical or medical industries.

Nurse £22,000 - £48,000 As a nurse you are responsible for caring for the wounded and injured patients usually in an NHS hospital, a clinic or outpatients’ environment. Responsibilities range from giving medicinal treatment, using medical equipment and taking temperatures and blood pressure readings.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 57

SERC 1ST FOR SCIENCE IN N.IRELAND

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to Education

Example Careers

Sports Coach

Biomedical Scientist

Sport Psychologist Policeman Solicitor Scientist Fire fighter Nurse Environmental Health Officer Forensic Scientist Pharmacist

Return to contents page


58 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport, Coaching and Fitness Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Foundation Degree in Sport, Coaching and Fitness aims to ensure that the evolving needs of the sporting sector are met, including professional and volunteer coaches, managers, leaders, trainers, instructors and teachers.

COURSE STRUCTURE The programme consists of the following mandatory and optional modules; Year 1 Mandatory Modules • Anatomy and Physiology • Sports Policy & Planning • Sport Psychology • The Professional Fitness Environment

Jason Browning “I really enjoyed this course at SERC. It was a great opportunity to improve my skills and study a course I want to have a career in. The foundation degree was an easy transition to make from Further to Higher Education and the tuition fees are more manageable than university. The sporting facilities are excellent and work experience is embedded into the course. I volunteered with the Irish Football Association which looks great on my CV. On completion of this course I plan to progress on to Ulster University to study sport coaching.”

Optional Modules • Sport and Society • Sports Analysis • Principles of Teaching and Coaching • Personal and Professional Development in Sport • Fundamental Skills in Laboratory Testing • Health and Well Being Year 2 Mandatory Modules Work Based Learning 1 and 2 Research Methods Nutrition for Sport and Exercise Optional Modules • Sports Coaching • Strength and Conditioning • Physical Education

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

• • • •

Applied Laboratory Techniques and Biomechanics Sports Coaching Strength and Conditioning

CONTACT HOURS 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study Classroom contact hours should be matched in personal study as a minimum through additional reading, research and preparation of assessments. Work placement - year two 3 days per week by 16 weeks across both semesters. An in-depth structured work placement within the Sport, Coaching and Fitness industry during the final year of the programme.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must also meet the following criteria GCSE and University General Entrance requirement statement Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. UCAS A minimum of 64 UCAS points including • A levels which must include one at A2 OR • Level 3 Diploma (or equivalent) and must include a subject in a related area


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 59

Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 65%+ and with one science module at 60%+ International Requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 · • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section Progression to Ulster University Sports related courses will be dependent on attainment of Maths GCSE at Grade C or higher.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Previous SERC graduates of this course, have used this qualification to continue towards a

BSc degree, enter employment in the Sport, Coaching and Fitness Industry and coaching/ education fields. On successful completion of the course, some students may wish to obtain enhanced Degree entry. Ulster University SERC students who achieve an average of 65% or more in Year 2 modules for entry into second year of BSc (Hons) Sports related courses. Entry into the third year of the BSc (Hons) Sports Coaching is available to SERC students who achieve an average of 50% or more in Year 2 modules. This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferable skills on the course, which will help you to apply for relevant jobs within the Sport, Coaching and Fitness Industry.

ADDITIONAL COSTS A range of coaching awards will be completed by each student during the programme in addition to an extended period of work placement.

• Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Kettlebells - £128 • First Aid at Work - £60

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following • Comply with College Policies and procedures. • Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted. • Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules.

The mandatory qualifications are • Sport NI Safeguarding Children - £15 • First Aid - £45 • Governing Body Coaching Awards (tailored to individual student need) Students will be expected to purchase Course Sports Kit at an estimated cost of £90. In addition, students will be required to pay for their own Access NI check. Optional Awards • Level 3 Active IQ Personal Training - £550 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Studio Cycling - £108 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Circuit Session - £128

Return to contents page


60 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Applied Sciences (Biology)   Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The HND in Applied Biology prepares you for employment in the science industry and provides you with the opportunity to gain entry to relevant Degree programmes. The learning experience is a combination of laboratory based training, field work, theoretical knowledge and e-learning. The programme incorporates a number of talks by experts from the industry and includes visits to industries, university laboratories, hospital laboratories and conservation areas.

COURSE STRUCTURE The HND is made up of 15 units in total; 8 units will have been covered as an HNC, a further 7 units in this 2nd year of study will combine to qualify as an HND. Mandatory Core Units • Analysis of Scientific Data and Information • Applied Sciences Research Project Mandatory Specialist Units • Biochemistry of Macromolecules and Metabolic Pathways • Molecular Biology and Genetics • Immunology Optional Units, may include • Environmental Monitoring and Analysis • Conservation and Biodiversity *The modules for the Part-Time course may vary from year to year. Units may vary due to the availability of staff and combining HND and HNC classes.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 61

Important Information on the Full Fee - Please note that this fee is for the 1st year only. Fees will apply for each year of a course.

CONTACT HOURS 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, to include use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • HNC • Successfully completed the BTEC Level 4 HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, project based learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

prepares you for employment in the science industry and provides you with the opportunity to gain entry to relevant Degree programmes. Successful completion of the HND may enable you to progress to further study on the first or second year of a Degree course. Recent students have progressed to the following Degree courses; BSc (Hons) Microbiology and Biological Science at Queen’s University and Applied Biochemical Science. With further study it may also lead to BSc (Hons) Physiotherapy, BSc(Hons) Optometry and BSc(Hons) Radiography at Ulster University, or BSc(Hons) Applied Biological Sciences, BSc(Hons) Marine Biology, BSc Biotechnology (Year 3) at Ulster University and BSc(Hons) Environmental Science Degrees. You may progress to employment in areas including laboratory work in hospitals, industry, schools/ colleges or the Scientific Civil Service.

Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Students are required to • Comply with College Policies and Procedures. • Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted. • Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HND in Applied Sciences (Biology) provides a Nationally Recognised Qualification offering career progression and professional development for those already in employment and provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education. Along with the vocational skills you will also develop employability skills through workshops such as teamwork, innovation and problem solving. You are encouraged to take up work placement in hospital labs, civil service labs, industries and educational sectors. It is the responsibility of the student to organise this work placement.

ADDITIONAL COSTS As part of the course you will be expected to participate in field trips which will incur travel costs (£15.00)

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The HND in Applied Science (Biology)

ACCREDITATION

Return to contents page


62 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) Duration 36 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) prepares you for employment in the science industry and provides you with the opportunity to gain entry to relevant Degree programmes. The learning experience is a combination of laboratory based training, field work, theoretical knowledge and e-learning. The programme incorporates a number of talks by experts from the industry and includes visits to industries, university laboratories, hospital laboratories and conservation areas.

COURSE STRUCTURE The HNC is made up of 8 units in total. Modules will include

Nathan McCard “This course is fantastic; I loved the practical elements of this course such as class trips to Craigavon Lake to take water samples to assess water pollution levels and class experiments. This course has improved my interpersonal skills and I feel confident working in teams and networking with people. I would recommend this course to anyone who has an interest in this subject area, the labs at SERC are fully equipped with industry utensils and the tutors make the subjects easy to understand and keep you on track with your coursework. On completion of this course I am going to complete the Level 5 HND in Applied Biology at SERC before progressing on to university to follow my aspiration of becoming a teacher.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Mandatory Modules Mandatory modules, totalling 90 credits, include • Fundamentals of Laboratory Techniques • Scientific Data Handling Approaches and Techniques • Regulation and Quality in the Applied Sciences • Cell Biology • Fundamentals of Chemistry • Anatomy and Human Physiology

OPTIONAL MODULES Two optional Modules will be offered from the specification, to total 30 credits • Fundamentals of Biochemistry • Microbiological techniques

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 63

Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above (no equivalency) Other GCSE Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths) UCAS A minimum of 32 UCAS points including At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Chemistry or Biology) OR Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units Chemistry for Biotechnicians and Industrial Chemical Reactions Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65% + and with one science module at a minimum of 60% International Requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another

qualification gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include time constrained assignments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) provides a Nationally Recognised Qualification offering career progression and professional development for those already in employment and provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education. Along with the vocational skills you will also develop employability skills through workshops such as teamwork, innovation and problem solving. You are encouraged to take up work placement in hospital labs, civil service labs, industries and educational sectors. It is the responsibility of the student to organise this work placement.

ADDITIONAL COSTS As part of the course you will be expected to participate in field trips to Lough Neagh Discovery Centre which will incur travel costs (£15.00). 

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) prepares you for employment in the science industry and may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in Applied Sciences (Biology) .Successful completion of the HNC may also enable you to progress to further study on the first year of a Degree course, for example BSc(Hons) Microbiology and Biological Science at Queen’s University Belfast and Applied Biochemical Science. With further study it may also lead to; BSc (Hons) Physiotherapy; BSc (Hons) Optometry and BSc(Hons) Radiography at Ulster University; BSc(Hons) Applied Biological Sciences and Marine Biology at Ulster University and; BSc(Hons) Environmental Science Degrees.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Students are required to • Comply with College Policies and procedures. • Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted. • Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme.

Return to contents page


64 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Developer £20,000 - £50,000

As a software developer you will be entering one of the most in demand professions in many countries across the world. A developer will have the opportunity to work on a range of project that could include software applications, mobile applications, web development and games design.

Mechatronic Engineer £20,000 - £40,000

Mechatronics engineering is a multidisciplinary segment of the engineering field. Rather than embrace traditional divisions of engineering as distinct entities, it combines electrical engineering, computer engineering, mechanical engineering, and control engineering. Mechatronic engineers develop a wide range of systems from robotics through to automated factories.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 65

School of Computing and Engineering

Example Careers

Systems Developer

Mechanical Engineer Software Engineering

Website Designer

Electrical Engineer

Games Developer

Systems Analysis

Engineering Services

Database Developer

Return to contents page


66 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND in Computing Duration 2 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION The purpose of the BTEC Higher Nationals in Computing is to enable students to develop industry current skills, to ensure that the future needs of the rapidly evolving IT sector are fully met. This qualification will provide you with knowledge and practical experience in programming, networking, database design and development as well as other core skills required for employment within the computing industry.

COURSE STRUCTURE The qualification aims to widen access to higher education and enhance the career prospects of those who undertake it. This is achieved by providing a broad range of core computing principles in year 1 and a range of specialist units in year 2.

Aaron Heslip “SERC has allowed me to study an area of work that I really enjoy. I have seen massive improvements in my studies since coming to the College. Everyone is friendly and supportive and the small class sizes means I don’t feel intimidated when asking questions or need help. The course is mostly coursework based which suits my learning style better. This course gives you free access to software such as visual Studio and Unity to help develop skills in programming and coding. On completion of this course I would like to progress on to university to study website design.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Modules studied in year 1 include • Programming • Networking • Professional Practice • Database Design and Development • Security • Managing a Successful Computing Project • Computing Systems Architecture • Website Design and Development Upon successful completion students will progress on to year 2 of the programme where they will study further modules including • Computing Research Project • Business Intelligence Optional modules from the following • Discrete Maths


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 67

• Data Structures and Algorithms • Advanced Programming • Virtual and Augmented Reality Development • Games Development In addition to the above units you will also work towards a Professional/ Personal Development qualification and will be involved in a range of activities, designed to improve employability within the IT sector.

CONTACT HOURS 16.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy 2 Additional GCSE’s In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required UCAS A minimum of 64 UCAS points including A levels OR Level 3 Diploma in Computing Access Diploma Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 65+%

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include Grade C (or above) in GCSE English Successful completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to prepare students for a career in the computing industry or progression to related degree programmes, normally at second year of entry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will provide you with the skills to gain employment in the ICT industry or progression to related degree programmes. The course includes programming using MS Visual Studio (C#), MS SQL Server and Java.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each unit is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Return to contents page


68 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering Duration 2 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION The purpose of BTEC Higher Nationals in Engineering is to develop students as professional, self-reflecting individuals who can meet the demands of employers in the rapidly evolving engineering sector and adapt to a constantly changing world. The qualification also aims to widen access to higher education and enhance the career prospects of those who undertake it. This is achieved by providing a thorough grounding in engineering principles in year 1 and a range of specialist modules in year 2, relating to individual professions within the engineering sector.

COURSE STRUCTURE

Ryan Milligan “Having previously studied a level 3 qualification at SERC and had such a great experience, I knew that I wanted to study Higher Education here too. I have really enjoyed the course, the topics covered and I know this is an area of work I could make a career out of. I like that the course has a good balance between practical and theoretical work and the workshops at SERC means I have access to the latest engineering equipment. On completion of this course I would like to start working in the industry full time to gain more work experience.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Modules studied in year 1 include • Engineering Design • Engineering Maths • Engineering Science • Managing a Professional Project • Automation, Robotics and PLC • Computer Aided Design/Computer Aided Manufacturing • Electrical and Electronic Principles • Quality and Process Improvement Upon successful completion of year 1, students will progress on to year 2 of the programme where they will study further modules including   Research Project (double unit) Professional Engineering Management Further Mathematics and optional modules from the following


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 69

• • • • • • • • •

Lean Manufacturing Virtual Engineering Embedded Systems Analogue Electronic Systems Manufacturing Systems Engineering Advanced Manufacturing Technology Industrial Power, Electronics and Storage Industrial Systems Production Engineering for Manufacturing

In addition to the above modules, students will also work towards a Professional/ Personal Development qualification and will be involved in a range of activities, designed to improve employability within the Engineering sector.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 16.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C (or Merit in the Engineering Principles unit on the Level 3 Diploma/Extended Diploma in Engineering) or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required UCAS A minimum of 64 UCAS points including A levels OR Level 3 Diploma in Engineering

Access Diploma Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 65+% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions sec

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This programme is designed to prepare students for a career in the engineering industry or progression to related degree programmes, normally at second year of entry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to develop your engineering skills and project management capabilities through the engineering units and Project Based Learning required to complete the course. You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the manufacturing industry.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated at £50 to use on materials for final year project.

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ACCREDITATION

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each unit is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course.

Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study.

Return to contents page


70 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Computing Duration 2 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Foundation Degree (FdSc) in Computing aims to develop industry current skills to ensure that the future needs of the IT sector are fully met. This qualification will provide you with knowledge and practical experience in programming, networking, database design and development as well as other core skills required for employment within the computing industry. The Foundation Degree provides you with an opportunity to undertake a structured work- based learning placement within the computing industry during the final year of the programme. It is the responsibility of the student to obtain a suitable work placement employer; however, assistance will be provided by the college as required.

Andrew Scott “I have really benefited from my course at SERC. I completed a 12-week work placement which allowed to apply what I was learning on this course into practice. Everyone at the college is really friendly and the small class sizes meant I was getting the attention needed to complete coursework to the highest standard. I have applied for SERC’s Intern Academy and hope to get more experience within the computing industry on completion of this course.”

This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student. • Compulsory Modules (All Campuses) • Introduction to Programming • Computer Systems • Personal Qualities in the IT Industry • Introduction to Databases with SQL • Network Technology • Computational Mathematics • Object-oriented Programming • Work-based learning Compulsory Modules Year 2(Downpatrick and Lisburn Campuses) • User-Centred Design • Web Technologies • Mobile Application Development

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Optional Modules Year 2 (Bangor Campus Only) Students on the Bangor Campus must also undertake a further 60 credits’ worth of optional modules (listed below). Currently, the optional modules are structured into two distinct pathways; however, it may be possible to study modules from both paths depending on timetable constraints. Optional modules will be a choice of Pathway 1 - Programming • User-Centered Design • Web Technologies • Mobile Application Development Pathway 2 - Infrastructure • Wide Area Networking • Internet Server Management • Cyber Security In addition to the above units you will also work towards a Professional / Personal Development qualification and will be involved in a range of activities designed to improve employability within the IT sector.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 16.5 hours’ contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. Work Placement - Year Two 4 days per week over 12 weeks in semester 2.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 71

GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C (or Universityapproved equivalent) 2 Additional GCSE’s In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSE’s at Grade C or above are required UCAS A minimum of 64 UCAS points including A levels OR Level 3 Diploma Access Diploma Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 45+% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level • B2 IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include Grade C (or above) in GCSE English Successful completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each module is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each module of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? To either a career in the computing industry or to related degree programmes, normally at second year of entry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course provides the opportunity to undertake a 12-week placement within the computing industry to assist you in developing real-life experience and practical skills that employers want.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Comply with College Policies and procedures Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without prior consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. *The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules.

You will learn transferable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving and critical thinking which will help you to apply for relevant jobs within the computing industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI clearance estimated at £33 (only if required for some work-based learning placements).

Return to contents page


72 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering Duration 2 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION Mechatronic Engineering unites the principles of mechanics, electronics and computing. It combines mechanical engineering problemsolving and design skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics.

MANDATORY MODULES

Rachel McKerr “After finishing my A-Levels I didn’t feel ready to progress on to university. After mulling over my options, a family friend recommended this course in Mechatronic Engineering at SERC. I loved the warm, friendly environment at SERC and I felt comfortable in my surroundings. I really enjoyed the practical classes in the workshops. The course was mainly coursework based which suited my learning style. During my studies I completed a placement with Plastics 2000 in Lisburn which gave me a great hands-on work experience. I would recommend this course to anyone interested in a career in engineering. This course has given me the confidence to take the next step and progress on to university. On completion of this course I am attending Ulster University and I am entering the second year of their degree in Mechatronic Engineering.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

The Foundation Degree programme comprises the following modules Year 1 • Engineering Mathematics • Professional Studies • Programming and Embedded Systems • CAD Techniques • Electrical & Electronic Fundamentals • Automation, Robotics and PLC’s Year 2 • Mechanical Fundamentals • Analogue & Digital Electronics • CAD/ CAM • Business Improvement Techniques • Principles & Applications of Embedded Systems • Work based Learning This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 16.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 73

Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

Programme with assessments completed in English Language Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) ESOL Level 2

PERSONAL STUDY 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. Work Placement - Year Two 3 days per week over 12 weeks across both semesters.

Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE and University General Entrance requirement GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or other university approved qualification UCAS Minimum 64 UCAS points which includes; A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR Level 3 National Award in Engineering Access Diploma Access to Higher Education Diploma with overall average of 60+% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include Grade C (or above) in GCSE English Successful completion of a Level 3 Vocational

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each module is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each module of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering will provide you with a broadbased engineering education in aspects of Mechanical, Manufacturing and Electronic Engineering which will equip you for a career in industry or allow you to progress to degree level programmes in Mechatronic, Mechanical / Manufacturing or Electrical / Electronic Engineering.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. *The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules. SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On completion of this course, and depending on performance, you may progress to further study on the following programmes at Ulster University; BEng Hons Mechatronic Engineering; BEng Hons Mechanical Engineering; or, BEng Hons Electrical & Electronic Engineering.

While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


74 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Site Manager £27,000 - £70,000

Leadership, problem solving and decision making are at the core of the responsibilities within this role. You will likely be working for building companies and sub-contractors managing various construction projects, sometimes simultaneous projects.

Civil Engineer £14,000 - £45,000

Engineering and construction projects may vary between structural, transportation, environmental or maritime for example. You will require skills in Computer Aided Design, surveying sites, preparing costs and timeframes to ensure an effective output as a team.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 75

School of Construction and Engineering Services

Example Careers

Motor Vehicle

Technician

Civil Engineer Site Manager Plumber Vehicle Body Repair Plasterer Electrician Carpenter Architect Surveyor Engineer Return to contents page


76 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (RQF) Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to level 5. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HNC consists of four Core Units (Mandatory), two Specialist Units (Mandatory) and two optional units.

Andrew Lorimer “Having previously completed a Level 3 Extended Diploma in Construction, I knew I wanted to take my education further and that SERC was the place to do it. I love the structure of SERC, you get great support from your lecturers, the class sizes are small, and I felt comfortable in my surroundings. I feel much more confident in my abilities and am ready for the next step. On completion of this course I want to progress onto university to continue my studies in construction and the built environment.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Modules studied Core Units • Individual Project • Construction Technology • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management •  Specialist Units • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) Optional units • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out • Site Supervision & Operations


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 77

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS • A minimum of 48 UCAS points including • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.  ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

Return to contents page


78 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying) Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, successful completion of which allows students to progress to Level 5. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HNC consists of four Core Units (Mandatory), three Specialist Units (Mandatory) and one optional unit. Modules Core Units • Individual Project • Construction Technology • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management • Specialist Units • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Measurement & Estimating • Financial Management & Business Practices in Construction

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 79

Optional units • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out

ADMISSIONS Successful completion of the admissions process

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE ENGLISH GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE MATHS GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS • A minimum of 48 UCAS points including • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma ACCESS DIPLOMA • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60% INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 5.5 (minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in Listening and Speaking) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Grade C, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification gained at an institution within the UK).

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment.

Return to contents page


80 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction Management) Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This HND Construction Management course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to employment or Level 6. Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HND Construction Management course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to employment or Level 6. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HND consists of five Core Units (Mandatory), five Specialist Units (Mandatory) and five optional units. The HND is the natural progression route for those candidates who have successfully completed the Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction).

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 81

Modules Studied Core Units • Individual Project • Construction Technology • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management • Group Project (Pearson-set) • Specialist Units • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Construction Information (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) • Contracts & Management • Project Management • Management for Complex Building Projects Optional Units • Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out • Site Supervision & Operations • Maintenance & Operations • Alternative Methods of Construction • Contracts & Management

CONTACT HOURS 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. MANDATORY ADDITIONAL STUDY Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year PERSONAL STUDY 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS HNC - You must have successfully completed the Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Construction) ADMISSIONS Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play and case studies. This is dependant on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits. Estimated cost £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, scientific calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated cost £30.

ACCREDITATION This programme is regulated by Pearson BTEC.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the workplace. HND courses are well recognised by the employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

Return to contents page


82 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Social Worker £24,000 -£40,000

You will be required to obtain a Degree in social work approved by the Health and Care Professions Council. Excellent interpersonal skills are a must as well as the ability to stay calm in stressful situations. You will make key decisions and you will have some administrative work as you work with children, families and vulnerable people.

Teacher £22,900 - £67,900

Qualified Teaching Status along with a Bachelor of Education Degree as a primary route. If you already have a Degree, a PGCE would be the most advisable way of becoming a teacher. You will need solid presentation skills, the ability to communicate effectively and be able to plan and prepare lessons. You could work at primary, secondary or further education level.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 83

School of Health and Early Years

Example Careers

Social Worker

Biomedical Scientist

Child Minder Mental Health Nurse Teacher Care Assistant Paramedic Nurse Teaching Assistant Occupational Health Nurse Children's Nurse Outreach Worker Pharmacist Return to contents page


84 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Queen’s University Belfast Foundation Degree Early Childhood Studies Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION

Kirsty Hanna “I came to SERC after finishing school because I wasn’t ready to make the big jump to university. I love that the class sizes are small, I feel less intimidated in the classroom and it was easier to get to know all my classmates. I have always wanted to work in this sector. Through this course I am getting great experience working with children and hope to become a teacher. My placements are great CV boosters, the lecturers are helpful and friendly and the balance between practical and theoretical work is great. I would recommend this course to anyone, the fees are less than university, I could apply for a student loan, I have access to student discounts, and I get to graduate alongside my peers. On completion of this course I intend to continue my studies before entering the workplace full time.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

This course is suitable for all students who wish to work in an early years setting. The course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and practical work placements. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for employment and professional development with the Early Years sector. To apply for this course you must apply via UCAS at Stranmillis University. A total of 12 modules may be studied over two years full time. These include topics such as Year 1 • Child Development • Historical Overview • Professional Practice 1 • Learning through Play • The Acquisition of Language and Communication Skills • Quality Provision in the Early Years Year 2 • Safeguarding Children • Developing Skills and Strategies for Managing Children’s Behaviour • Professional Practice 2 • Working with Children with Additional Needs • Anti-Discriminatory Practice and Inclusion in the Early Years Environment


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 85

• Working with Babies (0-3 years)

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. Work placement (Full-time) Minimum 2 days per week across both semesters. Students will have the opportunity to experience a variety of early years settings including Nursery School, special needs and daycare. If timetabling allows, 3 days of placement could be completed.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To apply for this course, you must apply via UCAS at Stranmillis University to be considered for this course. GCSE and University General Entrance requirement statement • GCSE English Language Grade C or above; • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above, • At least 1 other GCSE Grade C or above preferably in a Science subject UCAS • A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include • 2 A Levels • Level 3 Extended Diploma in Children’s Care, Learning and Development • Republic of Ireland • Irish leaving certificate - normally BBBBB at Higher (must have English and Maths Ordinary level Grade D or better)

Access Diploma Access course - minimum of 55% including Mathematics and English International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or other qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process (Instructions as above - Via UCAS) APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section (Please note these criteria may be enhanced by Queen’s University Belfast, Stranmillis University College). Evidence of examination grades must be submitted with the application form. Evidence is also required of ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to undertake the programme. Applicants are also required to provide a reference with their application. Completed application forms are submitted for approval to Stranmillis University College on set dates. Original examination evidence is also verified by Stranmillis University College Academic Registry prior to registration on the course.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters,

leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of the course you will graduate from Queen’s University Belfast with a Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies. Those students who achieve the standard required by Stranmillis University College may be able to progress to Stage 2 of the full-time or part-time BA (Hons) Degree in Early Childhood Studies. Students also have the opportunity to top up this qualification through an online distance learning degree.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies is designed for those people who wish to pursue a career in childcare or health and education or who wish to progress to degree courses in Early Childhood Studies. Students who are currently employed in any early years setting will be able to use this as placement experience.

ADDITIONAL COSTS All full-time students will be required to undertake study visits for which they will pay a nominal sum. This will be in the region of £30 per year. To attend placement, students will be required to have an enhanced Access NI check completed which will cost £33.

ACCREDITATION Queens University Belfast

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


86 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Science in Health and Social Care Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Foundation Degree in Science (FdSc) in Health and Social Care is a new innovative and contemporary course from Ulster University which will be attractive to both students and employers in the Health and Social Care sector. The aim of this Foundation Degree is to address the needs of the local market by preparing graduates to gain the range of knowledge, skills, attitudes and values required to meet the current and future evolving needs of Health and Social Care services in Northern Ireland. Students will undertake a combination of lectures, workshops and seminars. Weekly contact hours are scheduled for approximately 16 hours per week. You will be required to undertake self-study and independent reading each week. The teaching team are all qualified practicing Health & Social Care professionals including Nurses, Social Workers and Physiotherapists. Mandatory Modules In Year 1 you will gain an exciting introduction into Health and Social Care by studying a range of modules. Mandatory modules include • Effective Communication in Health and Social Care • Safeguarding and Managing Risk

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 87

• Foundations in Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Social Care • Psychology Theory and Application • Introduction to Social Policy Concepts • Introduction to Sociology Professional Conduct and Ethical Practice In Year 2 students will undertake a variety of modules (specific to chosen pathway). In addition, all students must complete 240 hours of Work Based Learning (placement), which also will be assessed. Upon successful completion of the course, (depending on the pathway undertaken) students may be able to progress to Year 3 full or part-time of BSc (Hons) Health and Wellbeing or part-time BSc (Hons) Applied Health Studies or part-time BSc (Hons) Health and Social Care Policy (with bridging) at Ulster University. The placement is a compulsory element of the course. It is the student’s responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction. Note It is the responsibility of the applicant to check each University’s admission and progression requirements before enrolling on a course at the college.

OR • Provide evidence of their ability to undertake the programme through the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL). APEL is a process by which you may be awarded credits for learning that you have gained in the past, and which is relevant to the course to which you have applied. It may also help you gain entry to a programme if you do not have the required entry qualifications. This may be certified or experiential learning. • Shortlisted applicants will be invited for an interview. • Non-standard admission will be agreed with the University Faculties. • Each applicant is entitled to the appropriate information, advice and counselling to assess their entrance level and vocational choice. • All applicants must also satisfy Enhanced Disclosure from Access NI.

Well-Being / part-time BSc (Hons) Applied Health Studies or part-time BSc (Hons) Health and Social Care Policy.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Assessment may include a combination of essays, presentations, role-plays, poster presentations and examinations. Feedback will be delivered as per Ulster University guidelines.

CONTACT HOURS TBC

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Candidates must meet the following criteria • (a) satisfy the University’s general entry requirements and • Attained minimum Grade C at GCSE in 5 subjects or an equivalent standard in an approved alternative qualification. • Provide evidence of competence in numeracy (GCSE Grade C or above or equivalent) • Hold a BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care or a related Level 3 subject area, or two GCE A Level passes or equivalent

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Upon successful completion of the FdSc in Health and Social Care, students can also apply for admission to a range of Allied Health Profession Degree programmes including Nursing, Social Work and Community Youth Work as well as a range of Social and Life Science Degrees including Psychology, Sociology, Social Policy, Criminology and many more.

Successful completion of this FdSc allows students to meet the National Occupational Standards requirements at Level 3 which will greatly enhance employability; enhancing opportunities to access jobs in the Health and Social Care field within the community, private and voluntary sectors.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI estimated at £33.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study.

In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Students are required to • Comply with College Policies and procedures. • Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Upon successful completion of the course you may be able to progress to Year 3 of the full or part-time BSc (Hons) Health and

Return to contents page


88 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Healthcare Practice Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. It is the student’s responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction.

Suzanne Moreland “Studying at SERC was the best decision I have ever made. I was able to fit this course around my commitments to my family life thanks to the support and encouragement of my friendly tutors. The coursework helped me improve my skills in areas such as time management and working independently. During this course I completed a placement at Knockmore Primary School Special Needs Unit which improved my confidence and knowledge of the healthcare sector. On completion of the course I am going to gain more work experience in the sector before returning to education.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

The purpose of Pearson BTEC Higher National Certificate in Health Care Practice is to develop students as professional, selfreflecting individuals able to meet the demands of employers in the social and community work sector and adapt to a constantly changing world. The qualifications aim to widen access to Higher Education and enhance the career prospects of those who undertake them. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment. MANDATORY MODULES Mandatory modules are • Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace • Demonstrating Professional Principles and


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 89

Values in Health and Social Care Practice • Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care · Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice • Health Education in Action • Effective Health Care Practice using Maths • Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Ill-Health

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. Placement This will require you to attend College for 3 days a week and to attend your vocational placement for up to 2 days a week.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must be at least 18 years old and meet the following criteria GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent UCAS • A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include • 2 A levels • Level 3 BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma

Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+ International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section Additional Skills Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth Work and Speech & Language Therapy. In 2017/2018, over 90% of HNC students received a University offer with the majority progressing to their 1st choice degree at Queen’s and Ulster Universities to study Nursing and Social Work. Students can progress to the Level 5 HND (Management Level which is delivered in the Newtownards Campus as a blended learning course). Your tutors will discuss this during the Level 4 programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clearance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120

Return to contents page


90 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Social and Community Work (Social and Community Work Practice) Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. It is the student's responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction.

COURSE STRUCTURE

Morgan Massey “I came to SERC after completing my A-Levels. I spoke to the tutors at SERC and when I saw first-hand how friendly and relaxed the learning environment was, I knew I wanted to enrol. This course has been a great platform to begin my career within the health and social care industry. During my time at the College I began a placement with counted towards my final grade and gave me great hands on experience within the sector. I got on well with my tutor and classmates and received great support when completing assignments. On completion of the course I plan to gain more experience before applying for a course in Social Work at one of the local universities in Northern Ireland.

The purpose of Pearson BTEC Higher National Certificate in Social and Community Work is to develop students as professional, self-reflecting individuals able to meet the demands of employers in the social and community work sector and adapt to a constantly changing world. The qualifications aim to widen access to higher education and enhance the career prospects of those who undertake them. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment. 

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

The mandatory units are outlined as below: • Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care • Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace • Demonstrating Professional Principles and Values in Health and Social Care Practice • Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care • Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice • Social Work Principles and Introduction to Practice   • Applied Understanding of Human Development and Behaviour • Health, Safety and Risk Management in Care Environments

CONTACT HOURS  ????

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Candidates must be at least 18 years old and meet the following criteria: • GCSE English • GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent • GCSE Maths • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent UCAS A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include: • 2 A levels • Level 3 BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma Access Diploma Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+ International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 91

qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section Additional Skills Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120 credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth work and Speech and Language Therapy. In 2017/2018, over 90% of HNC students received a University offer with the majority progressing to their 1st choice degree at Queen's and Ulster Universities to study Nursing and Social Work. The course can lead

directly into a career in Health and Social Care, for example previous students have sought employment as auxiliary nurses, community care assistants, and residential support workers. Students can progress to the Level 5 HND (Management Level which is delivered in the Newtownards Campus as a blended learning course).  Your tutors will discuss this during the Level 4 programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clearance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


92 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Human Resource Officer £15,000 - £50,000

You will be responsible for dealing with staff at all levels within this diverse role which will include core duties such as assisting in the recruitment of new employees, recording employee information, promoting equality and developing HR policies and procedures. Progression within this role could lead to a position in senior management within an organisation.

Marketing Executive £18,000 - £35,000

Creativity and strong communication skills are key within this exciting role in which you may be undertaking duties such as research on customer and market trends, copywriting and managing social media campaigns to name but a few. You will usually be part of a team and need proficient organisational skills, coupled with a solid standard of I.T ability.

Business and Management

52 - 53

Hospitality

54 - 57

Travel and Tourism

58 - 59

GCE

58 - 59

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 93

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages Example Careers

Retail Manager

Business Manager

HR Officer Accountant Head Chef Events Manager Restaurant Manager Marketing Executive Travel Agent Aviation Operations Return to contents page


94 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Liverpool John Moores University BSc Hons Business Management Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The BSc (Hons) Business Management Degree programme is designed to equip students with the necessary skills to enter into the general business environment on completion of the programme of study. This programme is delivered on a full-time basis over a period of 4 years, to include a one year placement year. This programme is pending validation. This programme is delivered on a full-time basis over a period of 4 years, which includes a placement year. Students are required to complete 7 modules in Year 1, 8 modules in Year 2 and 5 modules in Year 3. Students are expected to complete a minimum of 20 hrs independent study each week. Modules of the programme are listed below; all modules are mandatory.

Jessica Webb “I would recommend this course to anyone considering completing a business degree. The small class sizes means the lecturers have the time to ensure each student is reaching their full potential. The fees are so much more manageable than what I was paying previously, and I am saving money by travelling a short distance to the college from home. I feel comfortable and focused at SERC and on completion of the course, I want specialise in marketing.”

Subjects of study include Level 4 • Business and the Economy • Data Analysis for Business • Finance and accounting for Managers • Principles of Marketing • Operations and Technology Management • Managing People and Organisations • Personal and Professional Development Level 5 Mandatory Modules • The Digital economy • Project Management • Research and Analysis for business • Sustainability and the circular economy • Employability and enterprise • Level 5 Optional Modules (from which 2

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

• • • • • • • • •

will be chosen) Creativity, Innovation and Entrepreneurship HR Fundamentals Supply chain management Customer relationship Management Digital marketing Managing the multinational enterprise Project management methodologies Leading and influencing projects Global sustainability issues and opportunities

Level 6 • Strategic Management • Project dissertation (or) Business plan consultancy • Level 6 Optional Modules (from which 3 will be chosen) • Personal and professional ethics • Project planning, monitoring and control • Contemporary project management and practice • Applied business entrepreneurship • Social enterprise • Global strategy in Practice • Strategic HRM • Leadership • Integrated marketing communications • Global marketing • Strategic branding • Sustainable supply chains

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 20 hours studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE and University General Entrance


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 95

requirement statement • Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 96 UCAS points including Two A Levels at A2 OR Level 3 National Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ with one science module at 60%+ International Requirements • Co Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

year including a short residential are estimated at a cost to the student of approx. £100 in total. Students may also have the opportunity to participate in an International Study Tour, which would be self-funded at a cost of approximately £350 by the student.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

ACCREDITATION

On successful completion of this programme you will enhance your professional development and as a Business Studies graduate you will be able to offer a current or potential employer a range of business skills that will be beneficial to their organisation. Possible further study may include postgraduate qualifications such as Masters Degrees, and professional qualifications from bodies such as Chartered Institute of Marketing, Institute of Personnel Development, Accounting Technicians Ireland, Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply, Association of Project Management.

Course and Provider regulated by Liverpool John Moore University

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the business environment. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace. These include Having an ability to operate with a body of knowledge

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Students are required to Comply with College Policies and procedures (Include link) Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. *The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules.

Being an effective problem solver Working autonomously and collaboratively Demonstrating commitment to ethical action and social responsibility Communicating effectively

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

ADDITIONAL COSTS

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based

Additional Costs Students may also be required to participate in industrial visits; the costs of the industrial visits throughout the

Return to contents page


96 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Ulster University Foundation Degree In Tourism, Hospitality and Events Duration 34 Weeks

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course offers exciting, modern and engaging content, embracing all three industries. It provides students with the opportunity to appreciate the symbiotic relationship that binds tourism, hospitality and events, while simultaneously acquiring a balanced mix of academic and practical skills. The Foundation Degree provides students with an opportunity to undertake a structured placement within tourism, hospitality and/or events organisations, during the final year of the programme. Placements can be undertaken locally, nationally or internationally.

Rebecca Marks “This course was a great fit me. I had previously studied a Level 3 qualification at the College and loved its supportive and friendly learning environment. I could balance the course around my family and the tutors went above and beyond to help me stay on track. During the course I completed a placement at The Salty Dog which gave me a real insight into the industry and will be great for job interviews and on my CV. On completion of this course I would like to gain more work experience before returning to education.”

Modules studied will include Mandatory modules • Effective Learner • Tourism, Hospitality and Events Industry • Foodservice Operations • Introduction to Finance • Introduction to Human Resource Management • Understanding Tourism • Introduction to Event Operations • Fundamentals of Marketing • Tourism Today • Contemporary Food and Beverage Supervision • Professional Development • Work Based Learning This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Work placement - year two The mandatory placement period is 16 weeks; the general pattern is four days in placement and one day in college.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE and University General Entrance requirement statement • Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Essential Skills UCAS • A minimum of 72 UCAS points including • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 97

qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Previous SERC graduates have progressed to university or employment in the relevant field. Notably, this course offers specific Ulster University enhanced progression (via a Bridging provision and subject to Ulster University minimum marks entry criteria) to the BSc Hons International Hospitality Management and standard progression to both BSc Hons International Travel & Tourism Management and BSc Hons International Leisure and Events Management. It is also possible to progress from this course to other Ulster University BSc Hons courses within Ulster Business School (for example BSc Hons Marketing).

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

and events specific modules. You will be presented with opportunities to acquire and enhance academic, technical (industry specific) and transferable skills (communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership, critical thinking.) which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the tourism, hospitality and events industry.

Students are required to • Comply with College Policies and procedures. • Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted. • Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme.

By the end of the entire course, students are expected to provide evidence of a total of 25 weeks industry experience, including the placement period. Students are strongly encouraged to identify and secure their own placement. SERC’s Placement Officer can offer support to students’ own efforts for identifying appropriate placements.

ADDITIONAL COSTS It is recommended to budget approximately £150 - £200 per academic year to allow for routine field trips, uniforms, learning materials and additional part-time qualifications which may be relevant. Any optional additional study trips that involve overnight stays would be an additional cost.

ACCREDITATION This course is offered as a collaborative provision with Ulster University; Ulster University is the validating body, regulating the course.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following

The course provides a strong vocational content delivered through tourism, hospitality

Return to contents page


98 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Leadership and Management Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Foundation Degree in Leadership and Management, validated by the Ulster University, has been developed to upskill and professionalise current and future business leaders.

Ryan McKee “I was better off at SERC because the college offered everything I needed, it was close to home, the fees were considerably less than university and I was able to study something I want a career in. During my course I have completed a work placement at Henderson Group which is a great CV booster and has given me a great insight into the industry. The class sizes are a lot smaller than a traditional university setting which means I’m getting excellent tutelage and support from my lecturers. On completion of this course I would like to continue my studies at SERC by progressing to the Liverpool John Morres University Business Management degree.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Top leadership and management talent are needed to create opportunities for growth. This Foundation Degree has been developed in order to assist in the process of developing this talent and encouraging critical and analytical thinking in students. On successful completion of the Foundation Degree, students may progress to the Ulster University BSc (Hons) Management and Leadership Development programme. Progression is via two bridging modules and entry into the final year. MANDATORY MODULES Mandatory modules include • Introduction to Marketing • Developing People • HRM for Business Leading People • Managing Resources • Change and Innovation • Marketing Planning • Managing Quality • Financing Operations • Professional Development • Work Based Learning • This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student.


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 99

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 19 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE and University General Entrance requirement statement • Three GCSE to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths GCSE Mathematics Grade c or above OR Pass in Level 2 Numeracy UCAS • A minimum of 72 UCAS points including • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ International Requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK).

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you apply to relevant jobs within the Business Industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Costs of student visits are estimated at approximately £50 per annum. There may be an opportunity for students to participate in an international study tour, should this be the case it will be self-funded by the student.

ACCREDITATION All students are required to complete a full-time placement (voluntary or paid) for a duration of 10-12 weeks in their second year of study, which will provide them with the opportunity to build their employability skills through working on a project within the placement organisation. Students who have completed this programme have secured a wide range of placements; including placements in the USA and ROI. All students are required to complete a project presentation on their placement.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of the Foundation Degree and having met the requirements set by the University. Students may progress to either the full-time Ulster University BSc Hons Management and Leadership Development programme or the part-time BSc Hons Business Studies (Leadership and Management) at UU. Students who wish to progress to Ulster University will be required to complete two bridging modules delivered over the summer months at UU.

Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Students in Year 1 are required to attain 120 credits in order to progress to Year 2. This will require students to achieve an overall pass mark of at least 40% in all modules.

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

Return to contents page


100 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in International Travel and Tourism Management Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course aims to provide the Travel and Tourism student with a comprehensive and flexible framework for education and training in line with professional accreditation requirements, which would facilitate safe practice within both the Travel, Tourism sector.

Chloe Hamilton “This course has really improved my skills both personally and professionally; my self-confidence has grown and participating in group projects means I can work well as part of a team. During this course we got to visit the Giant’s Causeway, Grand Central Hotel and Titanic Hotel which really helped me learn more about the industry. The lecturers helped us learn about Harvard referencing for coursework which will be vital for progressing on to university. This course has made me feel more prepared for the next step and I am excited to continue studying travel and tourism at university.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

At all levels students will be able to gain knowledge of key aspects of the Travel and Tourism industry. The HNC in Travel and Tourism is achieved after 1 year of full time. (1 Academic years). Study including a combination of classroom teaching and a scheduled educational visits and guest speakers. In year 1 all students will study 4 modules over each academic year (8 in total per year) Subjects studied will include • The Contemporary Travel and Tourism Industry • Managing the Customer Experience • Professional Identity and Practice • The Travel and Tourism Business Toolkit • Leadership and Management for Service Industries (Pearson-set) • Global Tourism Destinations • Visitor Attraction Management or Work Experience

CONTACT HOURS 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 101

Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy • For students who have recently been in education, the entry profile is one of the following • A BTEC Level 3 qualification in Travel and Tourism • A GCE Advanced Level profile that demonstrates strong performance in a relevant subject or adequate performance in more than one GCE subject. This profile is likely to be supported by GCSE grades A* to C or equivalent and include subjects such as maths and English • Other related Level 3 qualifications • An Access to Higher Education Diploma awarded by an approved further education institution • ROI • A Irish Leaving Certificate with passes in four approved subjects at Grade C Higher Level International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another

qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the Admissions Process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section If you do not have English and Maths GCSE Grade C or above, you will be expected to achieve this during your studies.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The HNC in Travel and Tourism qualifies students to work within the industry. students can progress onto year 2 of the programme HND (depending on the number of interested applicants progressing on from year 1) Also, this course provides students with extensive opportunities for further study at a higher level eg Preston University, John Mores University and Ulster University top up degree. Entry can range from year 1, 2 to final year entry depending on grades achieved and individual university entrance criteria set per year.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of the HNC in Travel and Tourism equips students to work within the industry. The alternative 1 year of full time study provides students with flexibility of choice and opportunity to enhance current skills, knowledge and employability eg promotion opportunities, in their existing professional roles in a relevant sector eg Marketing and Sales Manager Operations Manager Tourism Development Manager Visitor Attractions Manager Events Manager

ADDITIONAL COSTS Estimated cost for field trips, college educational programmes and uniforms (College Hoodie) £200

ACCREDITATION Pearson BTEC

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


102 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

C&G Level 4 Diploma in the Principles of Hospitality Management Duration 36 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This qualification is for the candidate who works or wants to work as a hospitality manager, head of department, front of house manager, food & beverage manager, restaurant manager and bar manager in the hospitality and catering sector.

Dillon Morgan “I have really enjoyed my time here at SERC. The classes are interactive and interesting, and the lecturers encourage you to be the best you can be. Through SERC I was encouraged to apply for a one-year placement at the 5-star Ashford Castle and was mentored in filling in application forms and preparing for interviews. I was successful, which will look great on my CV and will give me great experience working within the hospitality industry.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Units to be studied • Understanding leadership and management in hospitality organisations • Understand the market in which an organisation operates • Understanding how to comply with legal and regulatory, requirements within hospitality organisations • Understand how to maximise the efficient use of physical resources • Understand how to develop hospitality teams • Understand how to manage the provision of customer service in hospitality organisations • Principles of food and beverage operations management

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 18 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops and tutorials Mandatory Additional Study Maximum 18 hours per week average over the academic year


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 103

Personal Study 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS • Level 3 Qualification in Hospitality or related area. • Significant Industry experience e.g. Deputy Head/ Supervisor within the Industry

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

Tier 4 Students • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

It allows candidates to progress into hospitality and catering management roles or to ILM Level 4 or Level 5 qualifications in management, City and Guilds Recognition Awards or other Higher Education Qualifications Level 5 qualification.

The Level 4 Diploma in Principles of Hospitality Management aims to provide students with a broad understanding of the operational aspects of the hospitality industry and a knowledge of the underlying principles involved.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Elements of a restaurant service uniform are required with approximate cost of £60.00

ACCREDITATION Accredited by City & Guilds

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


104 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Photographer £14,000 - £50,000

You can work for companies or individual clients, on a freelance or employed basis, usually specialising in an area such as fashion, portrait, wedding or e-commerce photography. You will require design and technical ability as well as attention to detail.

Choreographer £15,000 - £40,000

You will create dance routines with movement sequences in a wide range of settings. You may also be involved in choosing music, auditioning of dancers and working with costume designer and musical directors. You will need advanced dancing skills along with good teaching and communication skills.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 105

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Example Careers

Photographer

Production Designer

Fashion Designer TV Production Designer Dancer Beautician Film Maker Musician Theatrical Make up Artist Hairdresser Spa Therapist Barber Music Producer

Return to contents page


106 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HND in Music (RQF) Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course has been designed to meet the growing demand for expertise in the areas of music and music technology and can lead to careers in the music industry. The course will be delivered in the new, purpose made building at the Bangor campus of the college and includes facilities such as state of the art recording studios and music rehearsal rooms as well as bespoke performance spaces and high-end computer labs. You will take several mandatory modules in each year of the programme along with pathway modules depending on your chosen pathway music performance or music production.

Konstantinos Petsakos “My course at SERC has been amazing. I am from a musical background and am so glad that I found a course tailored towards my aspirations. The standard of teaching and facilities at the College is excellent. I have access to industry standard recording studios and have gained experiences recording music and using the mixing desk. SERC has allowed me to gain practical experience performing live music in the College’s annual panto and HE graduation ceremony.”

Mandatory Modules Mandatory modules will include • Marketing and Promotion for Musicians • Media Composition • The Music Industry • Music and Society • Professional Development • Creative Portfolio • Creative Research Project Optional Pathway Modules • Performance Pathway • Compositional Techniques • Creative Software Technologies • Performance • Advanced Composition Techniques • Advanced Performance Skills • Developing as an Artist • Live Performance Skills • Musical Direction in Practice

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

• • • • • • • • •

Production Pathway Applied Sound Principles Mixing and Mastering Recording Technology Advanced Composition using Technology Advanced Music Production Advanced Sound Engineering Live Sound Techniques Music Systems Programming

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week,and use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE • A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) • GCSE English • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy UCAS • A minimum of 32 UCAS points which can be made up of • A levels OR • Level 3 Diploma in a related area equivalent to 32 UCAS points OR • A Level Music at Grade C or above (32 UCAS points) Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+ International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 107

• PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualifications gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions All applicants will undergo an Interview, online/multiple choice test and ability test. Performance pathway applicants will be asked to play a piece to display their instrument skills (2-3 mins), Production pathway applicants will be asked to provide a recording portfolio and/ or electronic music composition. The outcomes of which, along with the required grades, will determine the successful entry to this programme. APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section Additional Skills Desirable qualities should include good performance/production skills and/or experience

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

ACCREDITATION

Progression to Work Previous students on this course have gained employment as live sound engineers and successful songwriters as well as establishing their own businesses.

The course is provided and regulated by Pearson.

Progression to Degree This course has partnerships with Queen’s University Belfast and Dundalk Institute of Technology whereby access to year two of music performance or music technology can be gained with appropriate grades in particular subjects.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

The course also has work placement that provides learners with the opportunity to experience the music industry first hand and help establish themselves in a chosen area. This will be facilitated by college with the student choosing the placement provider.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Gaining a vocational qualification demonstrating your technical competence Gaining a Personal Development qualification demonstrating your employability skills (communication, teamwork, critical thinking) Gaining hands on experience through Industry Projects Getting involved in activities such as the SERC Volunteer Programme and SERC Student Companies This course will help you succeed in a highly competitive job market by developing the skills and knowledge which employers need you to have.

ADDITIONAL COSTS While all major equipment is provided, you will need to provide your own instrument.

Return to contents page


108 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HND in Performing Arts Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This exciting and dynamic full-time 2 year course has an emphasis on learning skills current to the performing arts industry with the aim of increasing your employability. It is a production-based course for students who wish to develop skills in the performing arts. The course is highly practical, but it also demands academic ability. We use Project Based Learning (PBL) approaches which give you industry relevant experiential learning. This will prepare you for employment within the broad spectrum of the performing arts field.

Amy Garner “I love my course at SERC, it exceeded all my expectations. The lecturers are knowledgeable, encouraging and push you to succeed. This course is taught in SERC’s SPACE campus where we had access to state-of-the-art equipment and a working theatrical stage where we have performed to a live audience on numerous occasions. This course has allowed me to sample a range of topics in performing arts including singing, dancing, acting, working as a member of the crew, marketing and more. My confidence has grown, and my style of acting has matured and improved. On completion of this course I will progress on to the University of Sunderland to continue studying performing arts.”

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Mandatory Core Units • Professional Development • The Performing Arts Industry • Creative Research Project • Working in the Industry • Mandatory Specialist Units • Acting 1 • Acting 2 • Voice and Speech for Actors • Specialist Units include • Devising Theatre and Performance • Acting for Camera • Vocal Repertoire • Crewing • Commercial Dance 1 • Physical Theatre • Performance Project • Immersive Theatre • Auditioning

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 109

Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, and use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE • A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or • Level 2 Essential Skills) GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy UCAS • A minimum of 32 UCAS points including • An A Level OR • Level 3 National Diploma in Performing Arts Access Diploma Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with overall average of 58%+ International Requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (examples of equivalent qualifications would be GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification gained at an institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the Admissions Process. Additional Skills Desirable qualities should include good performance skills and/or performance experience

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, project based learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the HND Performing Arts course (Year 1) will provide you with the opportunity to progress to the year 2. The specific vocational content of this course, along with access to a state-of-the-art theatre environment provide an invaluable prerequisite to employment in all aspects of the creative arts industries. Previous students on this course have gained employment in technical theatre, teaching, and acting roles as well as establishing their own dance businesses.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Field trips are not compulsory, however there are occasions when lecturers will recommend productions which the teaching team deem supportive to the students’ studies. The department recognises the importance of providing students with the opportunity to see professional works, both locally and internationally. Field trips do not have a direct impact on individual academic success. Costings for field trips are based on the confirmed total number of students wishing to partake. Estimated costings per programme could be in the region of £350.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Gaining a vocational qualification demonstrating your technical competence. Gaining a Personal Development qualification demonstrating your employability skills (communication, teamwork, critical thinking). Gaining hands on experience through Industry Projects (PBL). Getting involved in activities such as the SERC Volunteer Programme and SERC Student Companies. As well as gaining a recognised qualification you will take part in employability skills workshops and gain skills in teamwork, commitment, IT and problem solving. You will also have the opportunity to become a member of The Glass Umbrella Theatre Company.

Return to contents page


110 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Art and Design (RQF) (Photography) Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This exciting, new and dynamic full-time one year practical course offers students the opportunity to study contemporary photographic practice. Students gain experience and practical knowledge in contemporary industry practice using state of the art equipment whilst applying practical business practice to prepare them for work or to top up to the HND Photography. Mandatory Core Units • Professional development • Contextual studies • Individual project • Techniques and Processes • Lighting for photography • Photographic practices • Optional Units will include • Darkroom techniques • Communication in art and design • Visual narratives • Screen Based Practices You will also work towards a Personal Development qualification and will be involved in a range of activities, with a view to improve your employability prospects.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 15 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 111

Personal Study 22 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy UCAS • A minimum of 32 UCAS points including • A Level at A2 which must include a grade C pass or above in an art/photography/media related subject OR • Level 3 National Diploma equivalent to 32 UCAS points in art, media or photography related subject. OR • A Pass in a Foundation Diploma or Foundation Degree in Art and Design International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B • PTE 51 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification/s gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

ACCREDITATION The course is provided and regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the HNC Photography course may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in photography.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the photographic industry. “Impact Imaging”, the HN Photography Student Company, provides students with industrial experience, working with real clients. It will enhance your employability and professional skills, in preparation for further study on a Photography Degree course or the workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students will be required to have their own DSLR camera and in addition be prepared to purchase the following materials in order to complete module assignments over the year Additional Materials and Equipment • Film rolls (£4-5 each) • Darkroom B&W printing paper (£40 per box of 100 sheets) • Digital printing (£2, A4 in house) • A3 workbooks for project work (£3-5) • Programme educational visits and trips (approximately £200)

Return to contents page


112 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Part-Time Higher Education

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 113

128

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to University

136

School of Computing and Engineering

168

School of Construction and Engineering Services

184

School of Health and Early Years

208

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages

240

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Return to contents page


114 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Part-Time Higher Education at a Glance This table gives you an idea of the wide range of courses available for study at SERC on a Part-time basis. It will enable you to check the specific entry requirements at level 2 (GCSE or Essential Skills) as well as the UCAS points required and their National Diploma, Access or A Level specific requirements. Further information on each course occurs later in the prospectus and will also be available on the SERC Website .

Applied Science, Sport and Access to University Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport, Coaching and Fitness

2

• Three GCSE’s to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. 

• A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • A levels which must include one at A2 OR  • Level 3 Diploma (or equivalent) and must include a subject in a related area     • Access Diploma  • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 65%+ and with one science module at 60%+ 

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Sport

3

• GCSE English  • GCSE English Language Grade C or above or equivalent  • GCSE Maths  • GCSE Maths Language Grade C or above or equivalent 

• A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • A levels which must include one at A2 OR  • Level 3 Diploma and must include a subject in a related area  • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+  • International Requirements  • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2  • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51      • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification gained at an Institution within the UK). 

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 115

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology)

2

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE • • Mathematics Grade C or above. No Equivalency is acceptable.  • • Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Mathematics (must be GCSE Mathematics) 

• A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Chemistry or Biology) OR   • Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units  • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60% 

Hospitality Tourism & Management Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Liverpool John Moores University BSc Hons Business Management

4

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above. No Equivalency is acceptable.

• Applicants should possess a minimum of 96 UCAS points   • Alternatively, relevant industrial experience may be taken into consideration • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%

ATI Level 5 Diploma for Accounting Technicians

1

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable)  • Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths) 

• In order to gain entry to this course, students need to have successfully completed the Level 4 Certificate in Accounting Technician accredited by ATI (Accounting Technicians Ireland). • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%  

Return to contents page


116 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

City and Guilds Level 4 Award In the Internal Quality Assurance Of The Assessment Processes & Practice

1

Level 5 Certificate in Management and Leadership

1

ATI Level 4 Certificate for Accounting Technicians

1

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Accounting

ILM Level 5 Certificate in Leadership and Management (QCF)

1

• no formal entry requirements

• Although there are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, it is expected that candidates have achieved their Assessor qualification to demonstrate an understanding of assessment practices and principles and experience of using different assessment methods. • There are no formal entry requirements for this programme, however in order to be able to complete this programme successfully candidates should be at middle to senior management level and be familiar with report writing. 

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Maths Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable)  • Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths) 

• • • •

• Applicants must be at least 18 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry • GCSE English Language (minimum GCSE grade B) and Mathematics (minimum GCSE grade B)

• Minimum of 96 UCAS tariff points achieved through the completion of A Levels in any subject or equivalent qualification

• no formal entry requirements

• There are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, however candidates should be in a middle management role.  

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: At least one A Level pass or 2 AS Passes OR Level 3 Diploma   Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60% 


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 117

ILM Level 5 Certificate in Service Improvement

1

• no formal entry requirements

• There are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, however candidates should be in a project, continuous improvement, quality role to maximise the effectiveness of this course.

CMI Level 5 Diploma in Management and Leadership

1

• no formal entry requirements

• While there are no formal entry requirements for this programme, candidates are required to demonstrate that they have been in a leadership and management position for at least three years within a public, private or voluntary organisation. 

CIPD Level 5 Certificate In Human Resource Management (QCF)

1

• Level 3 CIPD qualification; IT skills, motivation and commitment are necessary. 

• All candidates are required to be currently working in an HR role in order to be considered for acceptance onto the programme, ideally in a middle management position. 

Entry to Management Graduate Development Programme

1

• Hold a Level 5 qualification (HND, Foundation Degree or Degree)

• Have the right to work in the EU Hold an appropriate visa (if applicable) • Be available and Commit to 24 weeks placement between Oct 19 - Mar 20  

C&G Level 4 Diploma In Hospitality Management

1

• Level 3 Qualification in Hospitality or Catering e.g. NVQ3 Professional Cookery OR   • Significant Industry experience e.g. Deputy/Department Head within the Industry

CMI Level 5 Certificate In Management Coaching and Mentoring

1

• no formal entry requirements

• There are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, all candidates will be interviewed in line with SERC admissions policy in order to assess suitability for the qualification.

Return to contents page


118 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Construction and Engineering Services Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (RQF) (Building Services Engineering) 37

1

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

• • • • •

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: Two A Levels at A2 OR   Level 3 National Diploma   Access Diploma   Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ 

Pearson BTEC HNC Level 4 in Construction and the Built Environment (RQF)

1

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

• • • • •

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: Two A Levels at A2 OR   Level 3 National Diploma    Access Diploma:  Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+  

IMIAL Level 5 Diploma in Automotive Management

1

• • • • •

A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: Two A Levels at A2 in a related curriculum area OR   Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair    Access Diploma:  Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%  

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Gas

2

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy 

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

• A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR   • Level 3 National Diploma in a related subject (e.g NVQ in Gas, Plumbing and Heating, Refrigeration etc.)  • Access Diploma:  • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%  


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 119

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Automotive Management

1

• 3 GCSEs Grade A*-C in Maths, English and a Science based subject.   • A minimum of 2 A Levels or a Level 3 qualification relevant to the subject area.  • Minimum Grade C in GCSE ICT is desirable 

IMI Level 4 Certificate in Advanced Automotive Studies

1

• Grade C (or above) in GCSE English   • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language   • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2)   • ESOL Level 2  

• • • •

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Civil Engineering). 43

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR   • Level 3 National Diploma  

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying). 45

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy. • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy.

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR   • Level 3 National Diploma  

UCAS:  Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair    Access Diploma:  Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ 

Return to contents page


120 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Health and Early Years Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Queens University Belfast Foundation degree Early Childhood Studies

3

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above. No Equivalency Acceptable.

• • • • •

CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling

?

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Integrative Counselling

2

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: Two A Levels at Grade C OR  Or BTEC National Certificate or Diploma in Early Years OR Extended Diploma in Child Care and Education Provide evidence of their ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to undertake the programme.  Guidance is available for such candidates from the Further Education College and any evidence submitted will be assessed by subject specialists who will determine the applicant’s suitability for the course.  Applicants may be required to attend for interview.

• UCAS:  • Student must have acquired the following:   • CPCAB’s Level 2 Certificate in Counselling Skills (CSK-L2) and  • CPCAB’s Level 3 Certificate in Counselling Studies (CST-L3), or   • Equivalent counselling qualification at level 3   • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy 

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

• Provide evidence of passes in five subjects, two of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and three at GCSE level* (grades A-C/4-9); OR • Provide evidence of passes in four subjects, three of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and one at GCSE level* (grades A-C/4-9); OR  • Provide evidence of an approved qualification at an equivalent level such as a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma or Access to Higher Education qualification or equivalent; OR  • Provide evidence, for a process of formal accreditation by the University, of learning gained through work or other experience. 


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 121

CPCAB Level 5 Diploma in Cognitive Behavioural Therapeutic Skills and Theory

?

• Candidates must have completed the CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling or their RPL (prior learning) equivalent e.g. FD Counselling.  They must be a practicing counsellor. 

CACHE Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (Management) (Wales and Northern Ireland)

?

• Level  3 Children’s Care Learning & Development OR Health qualification • Working at a Deputy or Managerial level in a Regulated Early Years setting or have access to managerial duties at least 1 day per week in the above setting     • English GCSE/Essential Skills is preferred as desired criteria however, each candidate will be assessed on their own merit 

Pearson Edexcel Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults Management) Wales and Northern Ireland (QCF)

?

• Not Provided

• Course to be developed

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Leadership for Children’s Care Learning and Development (Management)

?

• 5 GCSE Passes grade c or above including Maths and English • Recognised Level 3 Child Care Award 

• You should be employed in a supervisory role at management level in a recognised registered childcare setting to apply for this course.      

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Science in Health and Social Care

?

• Attained minimum Grade C at GCSE in 5 subjects or an equivalent standard in an approved alternative qualification. • Provide evidence of competence in numeracy (GCSE Grade C or above or equivalent)  • Hold a BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care or a related Level 3 subject area, or two GCE A Level passes or equivalent  

Return to contents page


122 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Healthcare Practice

1

C&G Level 4 Certificate in Working with Substance Misuse

1

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Social and Community Wok (Social and Community Work Practice)

?

City & Guilds Level 4 Diploma in Adult Care

1

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   • • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy 

• • • • •

UCAS:  A minimum of 64 UCAS points including:  Two A Levels at A2 OR   Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma OR   Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma    

• Must be working in the area of substance misuse, for example, as a teacher, police officer etc

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Equivalent   • • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above or Equivalent  

• A minimum of 64 UCAS tariff or equivalent which may include:   • 2 A levels   • Level 3 BTEC Diploma/Extended Diploma   • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma  

• Be aged 18 and over be working in a senior role within a registered health and social care setting and preferably have obtained level 3 diploma in health and social care

Computing and Engineering Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Pearson BTEC HNC in Computing

2

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR equivalent. • • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 123

Pearson BTEC HNC in Engineering

2

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • A BTEC Level 3 qualification in Engineering OR  • A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a relevant subject or an adequate performance in more than one GCE subject OR  • Other related Level 3 qualifications 

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering Top Up (General) (QCF)

2

• An HNC in Engineering

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechantronic Engineering

3

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • • GCSE Mathematics Grade C (or University-approved equivalent)  • • In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSEs at Grade C or above are required

• • • • • •

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Computing. 105

3

• A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. • • GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent • • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT) • • Candidate must be employed in a suitable IT/ Computing company either as a new employee or as an existing employee in a new job role

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Computing

3

• A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. • • GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent • • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

A minimum of 64 UCAS points including:   A levels OR   Level 3 Diploma in Engineering    Access Diploma   Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 45+% 

Return to contents page


124 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Mechatronics

3

• GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above   • GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy 

• A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or   • Level 3 National Award in Engineering   • Currently be employed in the industry 

Level 4 – Programming (Python)

17 weeks

• A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above to include: • GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 64 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

Level 4 – Programming (C#)

17 weeks

• A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above to include: • GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

Level 4 – Programming (Java)

17 weeks

• A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above to include: • GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

Level 4 – Network Technologies

17 weeks

• A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above to include: • GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 125

Level 4 – Security

17 weeks

• A minimum of four GCSEs at Grade C or above. • GCSE English Grade C or above OR equivalent • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR equivalent

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points which may include: • A Levels OR • Level 3 Qualification in a related subject (e.g. Level 3 90 Credit Diploma in IT)

Level 4 Automation, Robotics and Programmable Logic Controllers

16 weeks

• A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include:   • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy  

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points

Level 4 in Computer Aided Design and Manufacture

16 weeks

• A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include:   • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy  

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points

Level 4 Electrical and Electronic Principles

16 weeks

• A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include:   • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy  

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points

Level 4 Quality and Process Improvement

16 weeks

• minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include:   • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy   • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy 

• A minimum of 48 UCAS points

Return to contents page


126 / FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION

Performing & Creative Arts Course

No of Years Study

GCSE Mandatory Grades

UCAS Target Requirements

Pearson BTEC HNC in Creative Media Production . 153

1

• GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

• A minimum of 96 UCAS points including: • Grade C Pass or above at A2 Level in moving image arts or a media related subject  • OCR/BTEC Level 3 Extended/Diploma in Creative Media Production with a MMM profile  

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy. 157

1

• VTCT Level 3 certificate or Diploma in sports massage therapy or equivalent qualification and • VTCT Level 3 Anatomy & Physiology with nutrition for sports therapies or equivalent qualifications

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Reflexology for the Complementary Therapist. 160

1

• There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Reflexology which must include Anatomy and Physiology.

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Advanced Techniques and Management Practice in Hairdressing

1

• Successful completion of NVQ/VRQ Level 3 Hairdressing   

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation . 150

1

• General Entry Requirements: • Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology.  • Access Diploma:  • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+  

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


FULL-TIME HIGHER EDUCATION / 127

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments. 147

1

• Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology.

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Aromatherapy for the Complementary Therapist

1

• There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Aromatherapy which must include Anatomy and Physiology.

VTCT Level 5 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy

1

• You must have completed the Level 4 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy or equivalent in order to undertake this qualification.

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Art and Design (Arts Practice)

1

• Minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy

• A minimum of 32 UCAS points at A level which must include a grade C pass or above at A2 moving image arts/ media related subject • A BTEC foundation Diploma in Art and Design with a M profile  • BTEC/OCR Level 3 Diploma in Art and Design equivalent to 32 UCAS points

Return to contents page


128 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Bio Scientist £25,000 - £42,000 A Bio Scientist will require a high-level of accuracy and great attention to detail along with excellent communication skills. Usually set in a laboratory setting, you will generally work from 9am to 5pm in a range of sectors that may include agricultural, pharmaceutical or medical industries.

Nurse £22,000 - £48,000 As a nurse you are responsible for caring for the wounded and injured patients usually in an NHS hospital, a clinic or outpatients’ environment. Responsibilities range from giving medicinal treatment, using medical equipment and taking temperatures and blood pressure readings.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 129

SERC 1ST FOR SCIENCE IN N.IRELAND

School of Applied Science, Sport and Access to Education

Example Careers

Sports Coach

Biomedical Scientist

Sport Psychologist Policeman Solicitor Scientist Fire fighter Nurse Environmental Health Officer Forensic Scientist Pharmacist

Return to contents page


130 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Sport, Coaching and Fitness

CONTACT HOURS

Personal Study Classroom contact hours should be matched in personal study as a minimum through additional reading, research and preparation of assessments.

Duration 33 Weeks 

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Foundation Degree in Sport, Coaching and Fitness aims to ensure that the evolving needs of the sporting sector are met, including professional and volunteer coaches, managers, leaders, trainers, instructors and teachers.

COURSE STRUCTURE  The programme consists of the following mandatory and optional modules; Year 1 Mandatory Modules: • Sports Policy & Planning • The Professional Fitness Environment • Sport and Society • Personal and Professional Development in Sport Year 2 Mandatory Modules: • Research Methods • Nutrition for Sport and Exercise • Principles of Teaching & Coaching • Strength and Conditioning Year 3 Mandatory Modules:       • Work Based Learning 1 and 2 • Physical Education • Sports Coaching

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Contact Hours per week 9 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 2 hours per week average over the academic year.

Work placement – year three 2 days per week by 24 weeks across both semesters.  An in-depth structured work placement within the Sport, Coaching and Fitness industry during the final year of the programme.  

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must meet the following criteria:   GCSE and University General Entrance requirement statement • Three GCSE’s to include GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Maths • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy. UCAS • A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • A levels which must include one at A2 OR • Level 3 Diploma (or equivalent) and must include a subject in a related area       • Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 65%+ and with one science module at 60%+


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 131

International Requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 ·      • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in Literacy – Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification gained at an Institution within the UK).  

Ulster University: SERC students who achieve an average of 65% or more in Year 2 modules for entry into second year of BSc (Hons) Sports related courses. Entry into the third year of the BSc (Hons) Sports Coaching is available to SERC students who achieve an average of 50% or more in Year 2 modules. This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student.  

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

You will learn transferable skills on the course, which will help you to apply for relevant jobs within the Sport, Coaching and Fitness Industry.

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning.  Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section  Progression to Ulster University Sports related courses will be dependent on attainment of Maths GCSE at Grade C or higher.  

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies.  This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study.  Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Previous SERC graduates of this course, have used this qualification to continue towards a BSc degree, enter employment in the Sport, Coaching and Fitness Industry and coaching/ education fields.  On successful completion of the course, some students may wish to obtain enhanced Degree entry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following: Students are required to: Comply with College Policies and procedures. Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted.

ADDITIONAL COSTS A range of coaching awards will be completed by each student during the programme in addition to an extended period of work placement. 

Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme.  The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules.

The mandatory qualifications are: • Sport NI Safeguarding Children - £15 • First Aid - £45 • Governing Body Coaching Awards (tailored to individual student need)   Students will be expected to purchase Course Sports Kit at an estimated cost of £90. In addition, students will be required to pay for their own Access NI check. Optional Awards • Level 3 Active IQ Personal Training - £550 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Studio Cycling - £108 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Circuit Session - £128 • Level 2 Active IQ Instructing Kettlebells £128 • First Aid at Work - £60   

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

Return to contents page


132 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC Level 5 HND in Sport Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The BTEC Higher National qualifications in Sport are aimed at students wanting to continue their education through applied learning. Higher Nationals provide a wide-ranging study of Sport and are designed for students who wish to pursue or advance their career in Sport. In addition to the knowledge, understanding and skills that underpin the study of the Sport, Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals in Sport give students experience of the breadth and depth of the sector that will prepare them for further study or training.

COURSE STRUCTURE The HND is offered on a PT basis, over 3 years. Students have the option to exit after 18 months with an HNC. The HNC course is made up of 8 units - with those progressing to the HND completing a further 8 units (240 credit units). Mandatory Core Units • Physical Activity, Lifestyle & Health • The Sport Landscape • Project Management (Pearson Set) Optional Units include • Activity Leadership • Nutrition Technology in Sport • Working with Young People • Operation Management & Leadership • Residential Activity Management • Outdoor Activities *The modules for the Part-Time course may vary from year to year. Units may vary due to the availability of staff.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 133

Important Information on the Full Fee - Please note that this fee is for the 1st year only. Fees will apply for each year of a course.

CONTACT HOURS 6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 3 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 10 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, to include use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must be at least 18 years old and meet the following criteria GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above or equivalent GCSE Maths GCSE Maths Language Grade C or above or equivalent UCAS A minimum of 32 UCAS points including • A levels which must include one at A2 OR • Level 3 Diploma and must include a subject in a related area Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+

Literacy - Level 2, ESOL Level 2 or another qualification gained at an Institution within the UK). Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, project based learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC/D in Sport provides a Nationally Recognised Qualification offering career progression and professional development for those already in employment and provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education. Along with the vocational skills you will also develop employability skills through workshops such as teamwork, innovation and problem solving. You are encouraged to take up work placement with local council departments, fitness facilities, or in Physical Education sector. It is the responsibility of the student to organise this work placement.

ADDITIONAL COSTS  As part of the course you will be expected to participate in field trips which will incur travel costs (£15.00)

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The purpose of this BTEC Higher National in Sport is to develop students as professional, self-reflecting individual able to meet the demands of employers in the Sport sector and adapt to a constantly changing world. The qualifications aims to widen access to higher education and enhance the career prospects of those who undertake it.

While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

International Requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0; (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 • Or equivalent (Examples of equivalent qualifications would be a GCSE in English, Level 3 Programmes, Essential Skills in

Return to contents page


134 / APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION

Pearson BTEC HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology)   Duration: 33 Weeks per year for two years 

SHORT DESCRIPTION The HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) prepares you for employment in the science industry and provides you with the opportunity to gain entry to relevant Degree programmes. The learning experience is a combination of laboratory-based training, field work, theoretical knowledge and e-learning. The programme incorporates a number of talks by experts from the industry and includes visits to industries, university laboratories, hospital laboratories and conservation areas.

COURSE STRUCTURE The HNC is made up of 8 units in total. Modules will include:

MANDATORY MODULES: Mandatory modules, totalling 90 credits, include • Fundamentals of Laboratory Techniques • Scientific Data Handling Approaches and Techniques • Regulation and Quality in the Applied Sciences • Cell Biology • Fundamentals of Chemistry • Anatomy and Human Physiology OPTIONAL MODULES: Two optional Modules will be offered from the specification, to total 30 credits Fundamentals of Biochemistry Microbiological techniques

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


APPLIED SCIENCE, SPORT AND ACCESS TO EDUCATION / 135

Directed Study 7.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

• Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2  Tier 4 Students: • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) • Admissions • Successful completion of the admissions process

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • General Entry Requirements: • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE • Mathematics Grade C or above. No Equivalency is acceptable. • Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Mathematics (must be GCSE Mathematics)

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning.  Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

UCAS:  • A minimum of 32 UCAS points including: • At least one A Level pass preferably in an appropriate subject (e.g. Chemistry or Biology) OR  • Level 3 Diploma in Applied Science which must include two chemistry units

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include time constrained assignments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies.  This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study.  Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance

Access Diploma: • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60%

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language

Successful completion of the HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) prepares you for employment in the science industry and may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further 7 units leading to the Level 5 HND in Applied Sciences (Biology). Successful completion of the HNC may also enable you to progress to further study on the first year of a Degree course, for example BSc(Hons) Microbiology and Biological Science at Queen's University Belfast and Applied Biochemical Science.  With further study it may also lead to; BSc(Hons) Physiotherapy; BSc (Hons) Optometry and BSc(Hons) Radiography at Ulster University;

BSc(Hons) Applied Biological Sciences and Marine Biology at Ulster University and; BSc(Hons) Environmental Science Degrees.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC in Applied Sciences (Biology) provides a Nationally Recognised Qualification offering career progression and professional development for those already in employment and provides opportunities to progress to Higher Education.  Along with the vocational skills you will also develop employability skills through workshops such as teamwork, innovation and problem solving.

ADDITIONAL COSTS As part of the course you will be expected to participate in field trips including the Lough Neagh Discovery Centre. The total costs will not exceed £50.00 over the two years of the programme.  

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following: Students are required to: Comply with College Policies and procedures. Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted. Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme.

Return to contents page


136 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Developer £20,000 - £50,000

As a software developer you will be entering one of the most in demand professions in many countries across the world. A developer will have the opportunity to work on a range of project that could include software applications, mobile applications, web development and games design.

Mechatronic Engineer £20,000 - £40,000

Mechatronics engineering is a multidisciplinary segment of the engineering field. Rather than embrace traditional divisions of engineering as distinct entities, it combines electrical engineering, computer engineering, mechanical engineering, and control engineering. Mechatronic engineers develop a wide range of systems from robotics through to automated factories.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 137

School of Computing and Engineering

Example Careers

Systems Developer

Mechanical Engineer Software Engineering

Website Designer

Electrical Engineer

Games Developer

Systems Analysis

Engineering Services

Database Developer

Return to contents page


138 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Computing Duration 2 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION This HNC in Computing is a Level 4 Programme suitable for learners who have already attained a Level 3 qualification and are interested in the Computing Sector, or Practitioners within the IT and Computing Sector wishing to gain a recognised qualification.

COURSE STRUCTURE Modules studied will include • Programming • Networking • Professional Practice • Database Design and Development • Security • Managing a Successful Computing Project • Computer Systems Architecture • Website Design and Development

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further average of 2 hours studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 139

UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points including An A level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a STEM subject, OR A National Level 3 qualification in Computing Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each unit is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will allow you to pursue a career in the ICT industry or apply to progress to the Level 5 HND Diploma or related degree programmes. Further study at a higher level will allow you to apply to jobs such as Software Tester, Web developer, Programmer, Data Analyst or management positions in the IT industry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will provide you with the skills to seek employment in the ICT industry or apply to progress to related degree programmes. Group Learning and Project Based Learning approaches are used to provide additional career skills such as team working and communication skills.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Return to contents page


140 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HNC in Engineering Duration 2 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION The course aims to provide opportunities for engineers or technicians to study a wide and diverse range of subjects on route to achieving a Level 4, nationally recognised, vocationally specific qualification.

COURSE STRUCTURE Mechanical and Electronic Engineering which together form a branch of engineering commonly referred to as Mechatronics is one of the more recent developments in the engineering discipline. It combines mechanical engineering, problem solving and design skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics. The modules offered provide a blend of theoretical and practical skills essential for the professional engineer in a modern engineering environment. Modules studied will include • Engineering Design • Engineering Maths • Engineering Science • Managing a Professional Project • Automation, Robotics and PLC • CAD/CAM • Electrical and Electronic Principles • Quality and Process Improvement You will engage in hands-on project work in the second year and will become involved in the design, building and testing of mechatronic systems to complete the mandatory project design unit.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 141

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study 2 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points including A BTEC Level 3 qualification in Engineering OR A GCE Advanced level profile which demonstrates strong performance in a relevant subject or an adequate performance in more than one GCE subject OR Other related Level 3 qualifications English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each unit is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the Higher National Certificate in Engineering, will allow you to apply for a range of jobs within the engineering industry. You may also be able to progress to management positions in the engineering industry. Completion of HNC Engineering allows progression to the HND Engineering top up programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? As well as gaining a recognised qualification, you will receive training on a wide range of industry standard equipment and software.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

Return to contents page


142 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Pearson BTEC HND Engineering -Top-up from HNC Duration 2 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION This part time course is for students who have completed an HNC in Engineering who wish to top-up to an HND. It aims to provide opportunities for engineers or technicians to study a wide and diverse range of subjects on route to achieving a Level 5, nationally recognised, vocationally specific qualification.

COURSE STRUCTURE Mechanical and Electronic Engineering which together form a branch of engineering commonly referred to as Mechatronics is one of the more recent developments in the engineering discipline. It combines mechanical engineering, problem solving and design skills with the expertise of digital electronics and computer systems. The modules offered provide a blend of theoretical and practical skills essential for the professional engineer in a modern engineering environment. MODULES A number of units may be delivered via a distance learning approach Units Covered Include • Research Project (double unit) • Professional Engineering Management • Further Mathematics   And optional modules from the following: • Lean Manufacturing • Virtual Engineering • Embedded Systems • Analogue Electronic Systems • Manufacturing Systems Engineering

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 143

• • • •

Advanced Manufacturing Technology Industrial Power, Electronics and Storage Industrial Systems Production Engineering for Manufacturing

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study 2 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • HNC In Engineering English Language Requirements for International students: • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2  Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process  

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies.  This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study.  Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.  

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the Higher National Diploma in Engineering will enable you to apply to a range of jobs within the engineering industry. You may also be able to progress to management positions in the engineering industry.  Completion of HND Engineering allows progression to Engineering degree programmes.  

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? As well as gaining a recognised qualification, you will receive training on a wide range of industry standard equipment and software.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


144 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering Duration 3 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering (FdEng) aims to develop industry current skills to ensure that the future needs of the Engineering sector are fully met. This qualification will provide you with knowledge and practical experience in mechanical/ electrical engineering, programming, robotics, PLCs and CAD/CAM as well as other core skills required for employment within the engineering industry.

COURSE STRUCTURE The Foundation Degree provides students with an opportunity to undertake a structured work-based learning placement within the engineering industry during the final year of the programme. It is the responsibility of the student to obtain a suitable work placement employer.  Assistance, however, will be provided by the college as required. This course will grant you the status of Ulster University Associate Student. Modules (year 1) • Engineering Mathematics • CAD Techniques • Programming and Embedded Systems • Electrical and Electronic Fundamentals Modules (year 2) • Automation, Robotics and PLC’s • Analogue and Digital Electronics • Mechanical Fundamentals • Professional Studies

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 145

Modules (year 3) • Business Improvement Techniques • Work-Based Learning • CAD/CAM In addition to the above modules, you will also work towards a professional/ personal development qualification and will be involved in a range of activities, designed to improve employability within the Engineering sector.  

CONTACT HOURS 8.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study to include Practical Assessments A further average of 2-3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. Placement The Foundation Degree also provides students with an opportunity to undertake a substantial work-based project during the final year of the programme. 

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English • GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Maths • GCSE Mathematics Grade C (or Universityapproved equivalent) • 2 Additional GCSEs • In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSEs at Grade C or above are required UCAS • A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • A levels OR • Level 3 Diploma in Engineering  • Access Diploma • Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 45+%

English Language Requirements for International students: • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successful completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2  Tier 4 Students: SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)   Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions sec APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section  

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations.  Each module is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course.  Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each module of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. 

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Either to a career in the engineering industry or to related degree programmes, normally at second year of entry.  

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will equip you with formal qualifications which will improve your job opportunities and employability skills in the engineering sector. You will also gain a range of soft skills regarded as highly desirable by employers.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


146 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Computing Duration 3 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Higher Level Apprenticeship allows you to gain certification while working for a local company, requiring attendance at college one day per week. You will complete a Foundation Degree in Computing along with work related qualifications over a three-year period. The Foundation Degree in Computing aims to develop industry current skills to ensure that the future needs of the IT sector are fully met.

MANDATORY MODULES Students are required to undertake mandatory modules equating to 180 credits. Mandatory modules include Year 1 • Introduction to Programming • Computer Systems • Personal Qualities in the IT Industry • Introduction to Databases with SQL Year 2 • Computational Mathematics • Network Technology • Object-oriented Programming • Mobile Application Development Year 3 • User-centered Design • Web Technologies • Work Based Learning This course may grant you privileges as an Associate student of Ulster University and you

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 147

may have access to a number of University services and facilities, including membership to the Ulster University sports centre and access to physical and online library materials. To find out more visit UU Associate Student.

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

CONTACT HOURS Typically, weekly contact hours are scheduled for a minimum of 7 hours per week per semester. Student workload usually includes 2 to 5 assessments (which may contain a combination of coursework, class tests, practical assessments and/or examination) per module.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each module is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English • GCSE English Language Grade C or above or Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths • GCSE Mathematics Grade C (or Universityapproved equivalent) • 2 Additional GCSEs In addition to Maths and English, two additional GCSEs at Grade C or above are required UCAS A minimum of 64 UCAS points including A levels OR Level 3 Diploma in Computing Access Diploma Access to Higher Education Diploma with an overall average of 45+% International requirements • Currently be employed in the industry • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) • Level B2 IELTS 6.0 or equivalent, with no band score under 5.5 • Trinity ISE Pass at Level III or other University-approved equivalent qualifications Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

solving and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the computing industry. The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace. Throughout the course industry standard software and equipment is utilised with a focus on the core industrial skills required for the computing industry.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each module of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to prepare students for a career in the ICT industry or progression to related degree programmes. On successful completion of this course you may progress to the BSc (Hons) Computer Science at Ulster University. Alternatively, you can apply to other Colleges/Universities to complete your undergraduate degree or go straight into employment.

Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Students are required to To have employment within the IT sector Comply with College Policies and procedures

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted

The course provides the opportunity to undertake employment within the computing industry whilst completing the Foundation Degree in Computing. This will enable you to gain industry experience at the same time as completing your academic qualification.

Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. *The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules.

You will learn transferrable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem

Return to contents page


148 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Mechatronics Duration 3 years

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Higher Level Apprenticeship allows you to gain certification while working for a local company, requiring attendance at college one day per week. It combines mechanical engineering problem-solving and design skills with expertise in digital electronics and computing systems to produce advanced products and systems through automation and the use of robotics. During this course you will complete the Ulster University Foundation Degree in Mechatronic Engineering. The teaching team consists of staff who are highly qualified with valuable industrial experience. Our staff are regularly trained to keep up to date with the changing needs of industry.

MODULES Modules (year 1) • Engineering Mathematics • CAD Techniques • Programming and Embedded Systems • Electrical and Electronic Fundamentals Modules (year 2) • Automation, Robotics and PLC’s • Analogue and Digital Electronics • Mechanical Fundamentals • Professional Studies Modules (year 3) • Business Improvement Techniques • Work-Based Learning • CAD/CAM

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 149

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study To include Practical Assessments A further average of 2-3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • General GCSE Requirements • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above GCSE English • Language Grade C or above or Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy UCAS • A minimum of 64 UCAS points including • GCE A-Levels to include a Science, Technology, Engineering or Maths subject or • Level 3 National Award in Engineering • Currently be employed in the industry International Requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 or equivalent, with no band score under 5.5 • Trinity ISE Pass at Level III, or other University-approved equivalent qualifications Equivalent qualifications include Grade C (or above) in GCSE English Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is scheduled throughout the course using a combination of assignments and practical work/observations. Each module is graded individually with an overall single final grade awarded at the end of the course. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each module of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION This programme is accredited by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. *The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course may enable you to apply to progress to a supervisory or management position within your company. Alternatively, successful completion depending on performance will allow direct entry to Year 2 of the following degree programmes at Ulster University BEng Hons in Mechanical Engineering BEng Hons in Mechatronic Engineering BEng Hons in Electrical & Electronic Engineering

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will equip you with formal qualifications which will improve your job opportunities and employability skills in the engineering sector. You will also gain a range of soft skills regarded as highly desirable by employers.

Return to contents page


150 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 - Programming (Python) Duration 17 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The course comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 1 Programming from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using Python. The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 1 Programming from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using Python.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study To include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials Entry Requirements

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include GCSE English • Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 151

UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in programming using Python. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure

Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

ADDITIONAL COSTS

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Return to contents page


152 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 - Programming (C#) Duration 17 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using C#. The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 1 Programming from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using C#.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study To include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above. This must include a minimum of Grade C in GCSE Maths (or equivalent) A minimum of Grade C in GCSE English or approved equivalent. UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 153

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in programming using C#. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


154 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 - Programming (Java) Duration 17 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using Java. The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 1 Programming from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. This unit introduces students to the core concepts of programming with an introduction to algorithms and the characteristics of programming using Java.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study to include Practical Assessments • A further 3 hours • maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A Minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above which must include GCSE English • Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 155

UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in programming using Java. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure

Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

ADDITIONAL COSTS

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Return to contents page


156 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 - Network Technologies Duration 17 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The course comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 2 Networking from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 2 Networking from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. The aim of this unit is to provide students with wider background knowledge of computer networking essentials, how they operate, protocols, standards, security considerations and the prototypes associated with a range of networking technologies.  Student will also have the opportunity to install and configure a range of computer network hardware devices.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study to include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 157

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above which must include GCSE English • Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in computer networking technologies. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


158 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 - Security Duration 17 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The course comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 5 Security from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 5 Security from the Pearson BTEC HNC Computing qualification. The aim of this unit is to provide students with knowledge of computer security considerations and will address topics such as, network security design, address translation, DMZ, VPN, firewalls, AV and intrusion detection systems.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study to include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum of GCSEs at Grade C or above which must include GCSE English • Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 159

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge in computer security considerations. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Computing programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within the IT and Computing industry to upskill in specific areas such as Programming and Infrastructure

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs with this Programme

ACCREDITATION Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


160 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 Automation, Robotics and Programmable Logic Controllers Duration 16 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The aim of this unit is for students to investigate how Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) and industrial robots can be programmed to successfully implement automated engineering solutions.

COURSE STRUCTURE The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 15: Automation, Robotics & Programmable Logic Controllers from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification.   Among the topics included in this unit are: PLC system operational characteristics, different types of programming languages, types of robots and cell safety features. Course Modules This course covers single unit accreditation for Unit 15: Automation, Robotics & Programmable Logic Controllers from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification.

CONTACT HOURS • Contact Hours Per Week 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials • Personal Study to include Practical Assessments • A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 161

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include: • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy

Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies.  This is dependent on the requirements of the unit of study.  Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? UCAS • A minimum of 48 UCAS points English Language Requirements for International students: • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2  Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions: Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning.  Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

This course is designed to provide you with the skills and knowledge to investigate how PLCs and industrial robots can be programmed.  Successful completion can lead to follow on opportunities including further study on the Level 4 HNC Engineering programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC.  Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future.  Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within Engineering industry to upskill in specific areas.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional associated costs.

ACCREDITATION Accreditation for this unit is through Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based

Return to contents page


162 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 in Computer Aided Design and Manufacture Duration 16 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This unit introduces students to all the stages of the CAD/CAM process and to the process of modelling components using CAD software specifically suitable for transferring to CAM software. The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 23 Computer Aided Design and Manufacture (CAD/CAM) from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification. Among the topics included in this unit are programming methods, component set-up, tooling, solid modelling, geometry manipulation, component drawing, importing solid model, manufacturing simulation, data transfer, CNC machine types and inspections Course Modules This course comprises single unit accreditation for Unit 23 Computer Aided Design and Manufacture (CAD/CAM) from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study to include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 163

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of the unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this unit students will be able to illustrate the key principles of manufacturing using a CAD/CAM system. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Engineering programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within Engineering industry to upskill in specific areas.

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

ADDITIONAL COSTS

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ACCREDITATION

There are no additional costs with this programme.

Accreditation for this unit is through Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with

Return to contents page


164 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 Electrical and Electronic Principles Duration 16 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION Electrical engineering is mainly concerned with the movement of energy and power and its generation and consumption. Electronics is mainly concerned with the manipulation of information, which may be acquired, stored, processed or transmitted in electrical form. These principles form the foundation of this module. The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 19 Electrical and Electronic Principles from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification. On successful completion of this unit students will have a good and wide-ranging grasp of the underlying principles of electrical and electronic circuits and devices and will be able to proceed with confidence to further study. Course Modules This course covers single unit accreditation for Unit 19 Electrical and Electronic Principles from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study to include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 165

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in • English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successful completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of the unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this unit students will have a good and wide-ranging grasp of the underlying principles of electrical and electronic circuits and devices and will be able to proceed with confidence to further study. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Engineering programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within Engineering industry to upskill in specific areas.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Accreditation for this unit is through Pearson.

Return to contents page


166 / COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING

Level 4 Quality and Process Improvement Duration 16 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This unit introduces students to the importance of quality assurance processes in a manufacturing or service environment and the principles and theories that underpin them The course is studied over a period of 17 weeks and comprises a single unit accreditation for Unit 17 Quality and Process Improvement from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification.  Topics included in this unit are tools and techniques used to support quality control, attributes and variables, testing processes, costing modules, the importance of qualifying the costs related to quality, international standards for management (ISO 9000, 14000, 18000), European Foundation for Quality Management (EFQM), principles, tools and techniques of Total Quality Management (TQM) and implementation of Six Sigma Course Modules This course covers single unit accreditation for Unit 17 Quality and Process Improvement from the Pearson BTEC HNC Engineering qualification.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study to include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


COMPUTING AND ENGINEERING / 167

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • A minimum of 4 GCSEs at Grade C or above to include • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successful completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of the unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

ACCREDITATION Accreditation for this unit is through Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this unit students will be able to illustrate the processes and applications of statistical process, explain the quality control tools used to apply costing techniques, identify the standards expected in the engineering environment to improve efficiency and examine how the concept of Total Quality Management and continuous improvement underpins modern manufacturing and service environments. Direct follow on opportunities include further study on the Level 4 HNC Engineering programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The purpose of single unit accreditation is to allow learners considering enrolment on the HNC Programme an opportunity to experience study with SERC. Learners who complete this qualification may wish to consider the full HNC in the future. Single Unit accreditation also allows for practitioners within Engineering industry to upskill in specific areas.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs with this programme.

Return to contents page


168 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Site Manager £27,000 - £70,000

Leadership, problem solving and decision making are at the core of the responsibilities within this role. You will likely be working for building companies and sub-contractors managing various construction projects, sometimes simultaneous projects.

Civil Engineer £14,000 - £45,000

Engineering and construction projects may vary between structural, transportation, environmental or maritime for example. You will require skills in Computer Aided Design, surveying sites, preparing costs and timeframes to ensure an effective output as a team.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 169

School of Construction and Engineering Services

Example Careers

Motor Vehicle

Technician

Civil Engineer Site Manager Plumber Vehicle Body Repair Plasterer Electrician Carpenter Architect Surveyor Engineer Return to contents page


170 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (RQF) (Building Services Engineering) Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief. This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, allowing students to progress to level 5. Subject support is offered through the Virtual Learning Environment - Moodle. The HNC consists of four Core Units (Mandatory), three Specialist Units (Mandatory) and one optional unit. Modules Studied Core Units • Individual Project • Construction Technology • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management • Specialist Units • Mathematics for Construction • Principles of Heating Services Design & Installation • Principles of Ventilation & Air-conditioning Design & Installation 

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 171

Optional Units • Surveying, Measuring & setting out • Tender & Procurement • Building Information Modelling • Principles of refurbishment • Principles of Alternative Energy

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • General Entry Requirements • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points including Two A Levels at A2 OR Level 3 National Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a CAD Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ACCREDITATION The course and provider is regulated by Pearson BTEC

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. 

Return to contents page


172 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

IMIAL Level 5 Diploma in Automotive Management Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The purpose and aim of this IMI Awards’ Automotive Management qualification (Vocationally Related Qualification) is to offer individuals working in the automotive industry the opportunity to develop, enhance and demonstrate their knowledge of management. Modules studied Leadership in the retail automotive industry. Business planning in the retail automotive industry. Customer service and quality in automotive retail operations. Business finance in the retail automotive industry. Managing automotive business compliance. Recruitment, selection and reward in automotive operations. Information computer technology for automotive operations. Managing automotive service and workshop organisation.

CONTACT HOURS Directed Study 4 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 173

Personal Study A further 4 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS • A minimum of 48 UCAS points including • Two A Levels at A2 in a related curriculum area OR • Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

This programme has been designed to cater for technicians who intend to be involved in the supervision and management of a motor vehicle garage, fleet transport or plant workshop. Successful completion can lead to a Degree in Business Management. It is also suitable if you are currently employed as a workshop foreman, service manager or fleet engineer/manager.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? As well as gaining a recognised qualification, you will have the opportunity to develop your skills in relation to giving presentations, report writing and carrying out research.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme. *Please note that this is a two year Programme and tuition fees are applicable in Year 1 and Year 2*

ACCREDITATION IMI Awards.

Return to contents page


174 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Gas Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is aimed at learners who are responsible for and manage services that affect and can be affected by matters of gas safety. South Eastern Regional College (SERC) have developed a bespoke Higher Level Apprenticeship programme in Gas Safety Management in Social Housing with industry support from the Northern Ireland Master Plumbers Association and SNIPEF (Scottish and Northern Ireland Plumbing Employers Federation). This two year Higher level Apprenticeship (Level 4) is a work-based programme which enables you to earn while you learn and gain a nationally recognised professional qualification. You will need to be employed for example in a Plumbing, Heating, Gas or Mechanical services company or an organisation managing planned maintenance. SERC will have a close relationship with your employer in mentoring you throughout your employment period. All staff teaching on the programme hold vocationally relevant qualification, as well as significant industry experience. Modules in this programme include • Gas Safety Management responsibilities of Landlords or their Agents • Combustion and Carbon Monoxide • Gas Safety Legislation • Flueing and ventilation of domestic gas appliances • Domestic gas appliances, meters and

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 175

pipework • Energy efficiency for gas fired and oil fired domestic heating and hot water systems

completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK

Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

13.5 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 15-20 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy • It is critical that the applicant has an appropriate level of English language skills if English is not the first language UCAS • A minimum of 32 UCAS points including • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma in a related subject (e.g NVQ in Gas, Plumbing and Heating, Refrigeration etc.) Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment will consist of a written/word processed assignment and feedback will be provided to you throughout the year. Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments

This course is aimed at developing future managers of the Gas industry. Previous and current students are drawn from • Gas Contractor Supervisors • NIHE Inspectors • Education Board Gas contract Inspectors • Gas Appliance manufacturers engineers • Gas contractors/engineers • Gas industry operatives

following areas • Gas installation and Maintenance contracts • Gas Service contract • Social Housing & Gas Facilities management contract supervision.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The course will provide you with higher level knowledge of gas systems and gas safety which can lead straight into employment. Students will learn how the intricate nature of gas appliances, flues and their ventilation must legally be properly maintained through gas contracts. You will learn how to manage gas safety in social housing, understand legislative requirement affecting the management of gas in social housing environments and the installation of gas appliances, meters and pipework.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION LOGIC Certification QCF Level 4 (same level as an HNC)

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. Students are required to complete three core units in Year 1 and two, plus their ACS in Year 2.

Successful completion of this course can lead to employment within management in the

Return to contents page


176 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Automotive Management Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The purpose and aim of this Higher Level Apprenticeship in Automotive Management is to offer individuals working in the automotive industry with the opportunity to develop, enhance and demonstrate their knowledge of management. The purpose and aim of this Automotive Management qualification (Vocationally Related Qualification) is to offer individuals working in the automotive industry with the opportunity to develop, enhance and demonstrate their knowledge of management and to give them the opportunity to progress onto senior levels of management. This Level 5 qualification was developed in conjunction with automotive management manufacturers, dealer groups and training providers whom all recognise the need to prepare and up-skill the automotive managers of the future. All staff teaching on the programme hold relevant Automotive qualifications, as well as significant industry experience. Units studied include GROUP A MANDATORY UNITS =17 credits from the following units • Leadership in the Retail Automotive Industry • Customer Service and Quality in Automotive Retail Operations • Business Planning in the Retail Automotive Industry

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 177

GROUP B MANDATORY UNITS =12 credits from the following units • Business finance in the retail automotive industry • Managing Automotive Business Compliance GROUP C OPTIONAL UNITS =10 credits from the following units • Recruitment, selection and reward in automotive operations • Information communication technology for automotive operations • Managing Automotive Service and workshop organisations TOTAL CREDIT VALUE (A+B+C ) =39 credits The management role covers a broad range of work activities in a variety of contexts, most of which are complex and non-routine. Managers, at this level, play an integral role in supporting organisational objectives through a range of functions, including • Leadership • Business planning • Project management • Business finance • Marketing • Supporting and developing staff • Managing business compliance • Managing customer service

Entry requirements include • 3 GCSEs Grade A*-C in Maths, English and a Science based subject. • A minimum of 2 A Levels or a Level 3 qualification relevant to the subject area. • Minimum Grade C in GCSE ICT is desirable • OR • Provide evidence of ability to undertake the course through the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL). APEL is a process by which you may be awarded credits for learning that you have gained in the past, and which is relevant to the course to which you have applied. It may also help you gain entry to a programme if you do not have the required entry qualifications. This may be certified or experiential learning. • Applicants will also be expected to attend an interview with the course tutor.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Upon successful completion of this programme, you will have the opportunity to progress onto senior levels of management within the Automotive sector or other management sectors. Some of the roles students can progress to include Sales Manager, Parts Manager, Service Manager, Body Shop Manager, or Fleet Maintenance Manager. All of the skills and knowledge gained from this programme will come into play when managing a team, ensuring targets are met and maximising budgets and sales.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION  This course is accredited by the Institute of the Motor Industry (IMI).

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

TERMS & CONDITIONS

CONTACT HOURS

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

Typically, weekly contact hours are scheduled for a minimum of 4 hours per week per semester. Student workload usually includes 2 to 3 assessments per module, inclusive of both coursework and exams. Students are required to undertake 10 self-study hours per week.

The course provides a strong vocational content delivered through industry specific modules. You will be presented with opportunities to acquire and enhance academic, technical (industry specific) and transferable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking, which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the Automotive industry.

In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates should be working in a middle manager’s role, however entry will be assessed on an individual basis. Experience in working in retail automotive industry management will also be taken into consideration.

Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


178 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

IMI Level 4 Certificate in Advanced Automotive Studies Duration 32 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This Level 4 vocational qualification which provides individuals with advanced levels of specialist technical knowledge, understanding and practical skills required to work as an advanced technician / engineer in the following automotive maintenance and repair sectors Light Vehicle, Heavy Vehicle, alongside the development of wider transferable skills for use across the whole retail motor industry. Modules • Advanced Internal Combustion Technology • Advanced Light Vehicle Driveline and Chassis Technology • Advanced Vehicle Body Electrics • Knowledge of providing technical support and advice • Knowledge in Conducting Diagnostic Consultations

CONTACT HOURS Directed Study 7 hours contact time per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 4 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance & Repair 

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 179

Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This qualification is for learners who have a keen interest in advanced automotive maintenance and are looking to progress into employment within this industry. It will provide them with the opportunity to develop their knowledge at the level suiting their ability at entry.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? On successful completion of this qualification, candidates will have attained a Level 4 Certificate in Automotive Advanced Diagnostic studies. This will enable you to apply for jobs as a Light/Heavy Vehicle Master Technician, or simply improve your skills if you run your own business.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme

ACCREDITATION IMI Awards

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Return to contents page


180 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Civil Engineering) Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, successful completion of which allows students to progress to Level 5. Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief.   Modules Studied Core Units • Individual Project • Construction Technology • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management. • Specialist Units • Construction Information. (Drawing, Detailing, Specification) • Mathematics for Construction • Principles of Structural Design • Optional Unit •  Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 181

Personal Study A further 12 hours per week, on average studying and preparing assessments in your own time, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS A minimum of 48 UCAS points including Two A Levels at A2 OR Level 3 National Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment. Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place. HNC courses are well recognised by employers and will give you the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

Return to contents page


182 / CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Construction and the Built Environment (Surveying) Duration: 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This HNC Construction course is a recognised Higher Education qualification, successful completion of which allows students to progress to Level 5.

COURSE STRUCTURE Pearson BTEC Higher Nationals are designed to help students secure the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the workplace. They represent the latest in professional standards and provide opportunities for students to develop skills for work, for example by undertaking a group project, or responding to a client brief.   MODULES: Core Units: • Individual Project • Construction Technology • Science & Materials • Construction Practice & Management • Specialist Units: • Legal and Statutory Responsibilities in Construction • Measurement & Estimating • Financial Management & Business Practices in Construction Optional units Surveying, Measuring & Setting Out

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


CONSTRUCTION AND ENGINEERING SERVICES / 183

CONTACT HOURS 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 12 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS • A minimum of 48 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR  • Level 3 National Diploma  • Access Diploma: • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 50%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2  Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning.  Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies.  This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study.  Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this course will enable you to apply to a variety of jobs within the construction industry such as a Technician, Site Engineer or Site Manager.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students are expected to provide their own steel toe capped safety boots for site visits estimated £30. General drawing equipment such as pencils, pens, Scientific Calculator, setsquares, compasses and scale rulers are also required. Estimated £30.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by Pearson

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet changing circumstances, whether these arise from a shift in your own sphere of employment, promotion to supervisory or management roles or from general changes in construction practices and the information technology environment.  Industry related projects will help develop skills like teamwork, planning, problem solving and communication, all of which you may need in the work place.  HNC courses are well recognised by employers and they will see that you have the technical skills and knowledge to perform related roles within their business.

Return to contents page


184 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Social Worker £24,000 -£40,000

You will be required to obtain a Degree in social work approved by the Health and Care Professions Council. Excellent interpersonal skills are a must as well as the ability to stay calm in stressful situations. You will make key decisions and you will have some administrative work as you work with children, families and vulnerable people.

Teacher £22,900 - £67,900

Qualified Teaching Status along with a Bachelor of Education Degree as a primary route. If you already have a Degree, a PGCE would be the most advisable way of becoming a teacher. You will need solid presentation skills, the ability to communicate effectively and be able to plan and prepare lessons. You could work at primary, secondary or further education level.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 185

School of Health and Early Years

Example Careers

Social Worker

Biomedical Scientist

Child Minder Mental Health Nurse Teacher Care Assistant Paramedic Nurse Teaching Assistant Occupational Health Nurse Children's Nurse Outreach Worker Pharmacist Return to contents page


186 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Queen's University Belfast Foundation Degree Early Childhood Studies

Year 3 • Professional Practice 2 Part Two • Working with Children with Additional Needs • Anti-Discriminatory Practice and Inclusion in the Early Years Environment • Working with Babies (0-3 years) • Science and Technology in the Early Years

Duration 30 Weeks

CONTACT HOURS

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is suitable for all students who wish to work in an early years setting. The course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and practical work placements. Both of these elements are a compulsory part of the course. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for employment and professional development with the Early Years sector. To apply for this course Full time, you must apply via UCAS at Stranmillis University.

COURSE STRUCTURE A total of 12 modules may be studied over three years part-time. (2.5 years with the Accelerated pathway). These include topics such as: Year 1 • Child Development • Historical Overview • Professional Practice 1 • Learning through Play Year 2 • The Acquisition of Language and Communication Skills • Quality Provision in the Early Years • Safeguarding Children • Developing Skills and Strategies for Managing Children’s Behaviour • Professional Practice 1 Part Two • Professional Practice 2 Part One

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Enhancement modules of study skills and research during the course. Personal Study 15 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. Work placement • Minimum 2 days per week across both semesters. A minimum of 300 hours per Professional Practice portfolio (1&2). Candidates must demonstrate access to an appropriate setting (0- 8 years). Candidates will apply for vetting on offer of a place. It is the responsibility of the candidate to gain their own placement.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • General Entry Requirements: • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above. No Equivalency Acceptable. UCAS • A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at Grade C OR  • Or BTEC National Certificate or Diploma in Early Years OR • Extended Diploma in Child Care and Education • Provide evidence of their ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 187

undertake the programme.  Guidance is available for such candidates from the Further Education College and any evidence submitted will be assessed by subject specialists who will determine the applicant’s suitability for the course.  Applicants may be required to attend for interview. • Republic of Ireland: • Irish leaving certificate - normally BBBBB at Higher (must have English and Maths Ordinary level Grade D or better). Access Diploma: Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 55% including English and Mathematics. English Language Requirements for International students: Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2  Tier 4 Students: • SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) • Admissions • Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning.  Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

Credit may be given to a maximum of 80 CATS points.  Credit transfer will not be permitted for study undertaken earlier than three years prior to entry.  Students who have successfully completed modules on the Advanced Diploma in Childcare and Education, the HNC or HND in Advanced Practice in Work with Children and Families may apply for Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL). (Please note these criteria may be enhanced by Queen's University Belfast, Stranmillis University College). Evidence of examination grades must be submitted with the application form.  Evidence is also required of ability in appropriate skills and knowledge to undertake the programme.  Applicants are also required to provide a reference with their application. Completed application forms are submitted for approval to Stranmillis University College on set dates. Original examination evidence is also verified by Stranmillis University College Academic Registry prior to registration on the course.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Early Childhood Studies. Students also have the opportunity to top up this qualification through an online distance learning degree.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies is designed for those people who wish to pursue a career in childcare or health and education or who wish to progress to degree courses in Early Childhood Studies. Students who are currently employed in any early years setting will be able to use this as placement experience.

ADDITIONAL COSTS All full-time students will be required to undertake study visits for which they will pay a nominal sum. This will be in the region of £30 per year. To attend placement, students will be required to have an enhanced Access NI check completed which will cost £33.

ACCREDITATION Queens University Belfast

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of the course you will graduate from Queen's University Belfast with a Foundation Degree in Early Childhood Studies. Those students who achieve the standard required by Stranmillis University College may be able to progress to Stage 2 of the full-time or part-time BA (Hons) Degree in

Return to contents page


188 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

CPCAB Level 4 Diploma In Therapeutic Counselling Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course offers a relational model of training based on psychodynamic and person, centred theories. Modules will include • Working ethically, safely and professionally as a counsellor • Working within a counselling relationship • Working with client diversity in counselling work • Working within a user-centred approach to counselling • Working with self-awareness in the counselling process • Working within a coherent framework of counselling theory and skills • Working self-reflectively as a counsellor If you require any additional information about the course, please contact Lisa Lennon (school support) at llennon@serc.ac.uk.

CONTACT HOURS Directed Study 6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study To include Practical Assessments A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. You will be expected to undertake 30 hours personal counselling.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 189

You will also have to complete 100 hours of supervised placement during the lifetime of the course. It is your responsibility to secure an appropriate placement(s) and supervision consistent with the course requirements. Students can apply for an extension of up to 12 months to complete their placement hours provided the student has successfully completed all other internal and external assessment requirements by June of year 2 of the course.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS • Student must have acquired the following • CPCAB’s Level 2 Certificate in Counselling Skills (CSK-L2) and • CPCAB’s Level 3 Certificate in Counselling Studies (CST-L3), or • Equivalent counselling qualification at level 3 English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. In year 2, candidates undertake an external assessment where a 30-minute counselling practice session is recorded, and a written examination is completed.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? You may progress onto CPCAB’s Level 5 Diploma in Psychotherapeutic Counselling (PC-L5) Level 5 Diploma in Cognitive Behavioural Therapeutic Skills and Theory (CBT-L5) Open University Foundation Degree in Counselling (access to this course is dependent on completion of the Level 4 Diploma (TC-L4) and a combination of other short modules, one of which is mandatory You will want to work toward BACP accreditation as a counsellor which will require you have a minimum number of post qualifying (TC-L4) hours practice.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This training course will provide you with a sound theoretical understanding and practical experience of forming, maintaining and successfully concluding therapeutic relationships with clients. Our focus is on appropriately equipping you for the counselling agency workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS The cost of personal counselling and in some cases the cost of supervision while in placement could be in the region of £1500.

ACCREDITATION The qualification is awarded by CPCAB Counselling and Psychotherapy Central Awarding Body.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Students must also complete the 100-hour supervised placement and personal therapy.

Successful completion of the TC-L4 Diploma will enable you to seek employment as a qualified counsellor in an agency setting.

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

Return to contents page


190 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Ulster University Foundation Degree In Integrative Counselling Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course aims to provide the counselling student with a comprehensive and flexible framework for education and training in line with professional accreditation requirements, which would facilitate safe practice within both the counselling and counselling skills arenas. At all level’s students will be able to gain knowledge of key aspects of the counselling process, with the aim of becoming Integrative Counsellors. The Ulster University Foundation Degree in Counselling award is achieved after three years part-time study including a combination of classroom teaching and a structured supervised practice element (client work) in an appropriate placement, commencing Year 2. (students need to find their own placement.) Students will study 4 modules over each academic year (2 per semester). Year 1 • Integrative Skills 1 • Integrating the Self • Integrating Humanistic Theory & Skills • Ethics and Professional Practice Year 2 • Integration 2 Therapeutic Relationship • Integrating Cognitive Behavioural Theory & Skills • Supervised Practice 1 • Psychosocial Development across Lifespan Year 3 Integrating Psycho-dynamic Theory and Skills

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Supervised Practice 2 (work based learning) Developing a Personal Integrative Approach Psychodynamic development

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Placement Hours 100 hours over SP1 and SP2 (max of 4 hours per week). Personal Study Each 20-credit module is equivalent to 200 hours of self-study

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS • Provide evidence of passes in five subjects, two of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and three at GCSE level* (grades A-C/4-9); OR • Provide evidence of passes in four subjects, three of which must be at A level (grades A-E) and one at GCSE level* (grades A-C/4-9); OR • Provide evidence of an approved qualification at an equivalent level such as a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma or Access to Higher Education qualification or equivalent; OR • Provide evidence, for a process of formal accreditation by the University, of learning gained through work or other experience. English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 191

Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? The Ulster University Foundation Degree in Counselling award is achieved after three years’ part time study (240 credits) including a structured supervised practice element. Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. Primarily there are written assignments in the form of reflective journals, essays and case studies. There is one examination per year in the second semester (normally May -with resits in August) There is ongoing assessment in the form of class triad work with tutor and peer feedback and some opportunities for research and shared learning presentations. Students will also be required to record their practice for selfevaluation. In Year 1 this is completed with peers in class and in Years 2 and 3 this is done as part of the client work placement. There is also workplace assessment by a mentor in the placement organisation and feedback from an external clinical supervisor who oversees the client work.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The design of the Ulster University Foundation Degree in Counselling is in line with those set out by the main professional bodies in the area The British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy (BACP), Irish Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy (IACP), and National Counselling Society (NCS), and qualifies students to be counselling practitioners. The programme offers two exit points depending on student need/professional goal Foundation Degree in Counselling 3 years (full qualification) Cert HE in Counselling 2 years (lower award) Students who have successfully completed the Foundation Degree which is accredited by the National Counselling Society (NCS) will be eligible to be named on the Professional Standards Register as a registered Counsellor.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Ulster University Foundation Degree in Counselling qualifies students to be counselling practitioners. The alternative 2-year part time route of Certificate of Higher Education in Counselling provides students with flexibility of choice and opportunity to enhance current skills, knowledge and employability e.g. promotion opportunities, in their existing professional roles in a relevant sector e.g. Education, Social Work, Management etc.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Additional costs will be incurred including Personal therapy (approximately £40 per hour) for a minimum of twenty sessions Clinical Supervision typically £35 - £40 per hour - student rates may be available) ratios are 15 in the first 30 hours and 18 in the remaining 120 hours approximately). Student membership of a professional body

such as BACP and NCS - approx. £79 full cost Professional Indemnity Insurance £60-80

ACCREDITATION The Foundation Degree in Counselling is accredited by the National Counselling Society (NCS). 

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Pass each module studied with a minimum of 40% to gain the FdSc. Secure your own placement. Undertake 20 hours of personal therapy during the lifetime of the programme and provide evidence of this before being awarded. Choose an approved Ulster University Supervisor from the list and arrange a meeting prior to agency work (which commences in year 2) - the supervision ratio must be followed to ensure work is ethical. Students must complete 150 placement hours and follow the ratio of 15 in the first 30 hours and then 18 in the remaining 120 hours of practice. A supervision record must be maintained (see placement handbook) Pinpoint an Agency Mentor within placement as a contact to oversee the practicalities of meeting with clients and to advise in relation to agency policy. Pinpoint a qualified counsellor within placement to screen and oversee their client caseload as a trainee counsellor.

Return to contents page


192 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

CPCAB Level 5 Diploma in Cognitive Behavioural Therapeutic Skills and Theory Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This qualification is for candidates who are already working as counselling practitioners and who want to develop their skills in Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) and use these skills as an integral part of their work. The qualification is awarded by CPCAB Counselling and Psychotherapy Central Awarding Body. This qualification comprises one unit T/600/9985 Working as a Counsellor using the CBT approach which has seven learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria (internally assessed). For the External Assessment candidates will write a structured case review. Candidates are expected to be working with clients within a professional framework in order to apply their learning on this course and to meet the assessment requirements. Please contact the School Support Officer, Lisa Lennon at llennon@serc.ac.uk. if you require any further information

CONTACT HOURS Candidates are required to undertake a minimum of 30 hours of one-to-one client work with at least three clients using the CBT approach, although it is recognised that they may also be working with other approaches in their client work setting.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 193

In addition, candidates are required to have external supervision of their counselling work (which may or may not be all within a CBT framework) in accordance with BACP or BABCP minimum requirements.  

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates must have completed the CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling or their RPL (prior learning) equivalent e.g. FD Counselling. They must be a practicing counsellor. Candidates should be a member of BACP or BABCP. Entry to the course is subject to interview. In addition, candidates are required to have external supervision of their counselling work (which may or may not be all within a CBT framework) in accordance with BACP or BABCP minimum requirements. Accreditation of prior learning is a process by which you may be awarded credits for learning that you have gained in the past and which is relevant to the course to which you have applied. It may be certificated or experiential learning. Should the prospective student already have obtained the CPCAB Level 4 Diploma in Therapeutic Counselling, this Level 5 course can be combined with several Open University modules and result in the awarding of an Open University Foundation Degree in Counselling. www.cpcab.co.uk

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will

be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. Currently the NHS is required to provide CBT counselling in primary care. Accordingly, it is advisable that counsellors consider training in CBT skills.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Internal and external assessment-based assignment based. • Tutor assessment of candidate portfolio evidencing minimum assessment requirements. • Two internally assessed assignments (3000, 3500) • One externally assessed Case Review (3000, 3500)

Use CBT theory, research and techniques coherently within counselling work Monitor and maintain professional effectiveness as a counsellor using the CBT approach.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? ADDITIONAL COSTS Qualification structure This Qualification is made up of one mandatory unit which has seven learning outcomes Work safely, legally and ethically as a counsellor using the CBT approach. Use the CBT framework to structure the therapeutic relationship. Integrate understanding of diversity in CBT work. Use a coherent CBT approach to work with individual clients and their needs. Work with self-awareness as a counsellor using the CBT approach.

Return to contents page


194 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

CACHE Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (Management) (Wales and Northern Ireland) Duration 33 Weeks This programme will have a new curriculum in 2020. It has yet to be developed

SHORT DESCRIPTION This qualification provides learners with the skills and knowledge needed to manage practice and lead others in children’s care, learning and development. It confers occupational competence to work in a management role within a regulated Early Years setting. This qualification is suitable for Assistant Managers and Deputy Managers working in children’s care, learning and development in Wales and Northern Ireland who are looking to progress their career. It is also appropriate for Managers who have not yet achieved a vocational qualification at this level. To achieve this qualification learner’s need to complete mandatory (M) and optional (O) modules to a credit value of 90. Year 1 • Support CCLD in Early Years (M) • Understand Children and young people development (M) • Lead Practice that Supports Positive Outcomes for Children and young people (M)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 195

• Develop & implement Policies & Procedures to support the Safeguarding of Children & Young People (M) • Professional Practice in Children’s Care Learning and Development (M) • Develop Health & Safety and Risk Management Policies in Health and Social Care or Children & Young People Settings (M) Year 2 • Work in Partnership in Health and Social Care or Children & Young People Settings (M) • Use and Develop Systems that Promote Communication (M) • Promote Professional Development (M) • Champion Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (M) Lead & Manage a Team within a HSC or C&YP Setting (M) • Develop Professional Supervision Practice in Health and Social Care or Children & Young People work settings. (M) • Support Others to Promote Children’s Communication in an Early Years Setting (O) • Support others to promote childen’s physical development in an Early years setting (O) • Manage induction in health and social care or children and young people setting (O) • Manage physical resources (O) • Develop Procedures and Practice to Respond to Concerns and Complaints (O)

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Level 3 Children’s Care Learning & Development OR Health qualification Working at a Deputy or Managerial level in a Regulated Early Years setting or have access to managerial duties at least 1 day per week in the above setting  English GCSE/Essential Skills is preferred as desired criteria however, each candidate will be assessed on their own merit English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

CONTACT HOURS Directed Study 6 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 8 -10 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods primarily this will be assessment of occupational competence in the workplace through observations and candidates will submit a portfolio of evidence. Assessment will also include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Candidates who successfully complete the program will have a Managerial qualification for the regulated Early years sector and recognised by the Sector skills Council. Learners who achieve the Diploma could apply to progress to a Foundation Degree in a related discipline.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Candidates who successfully complete the programme will have a Managerial qualification for the regulated Early years sector and recognised by the Sector skills Council.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI clearance will need to be processed for each student at a cost of £33.

ACCREDITATION CACHE

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


196 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Pearson Edexcel Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Health and Social Care Services (Adults’ Management) Wales and Northern Ireland (QCF) Duration 30 Weeks This programme will have a new curriculum in 2020. It has yet to be developed

SHORT DESCRIPTION This programme incorporates managing a service, teams, individuals and resources. You will cover motivation, communication, setting up management information systems, making sure that care homes and day care centres are safe environments to live and work in. This professional qualification is designed to build advanced knowledge and skills required by Managers or Deputy Managers who work in the Residential / Nursing Care sector. It is the accepted qualification for registration and regulation in accordance with RQIA guidance needed. This qualification will also be appropriate for Managers who wish to gain a recognised leadership qualification. To achieve this qualification candidate’s need to complete mandatory (M) and optional (O) modules to a credit value of 90 and be competent in practical assessments ie complete 18 units of which 12 are mandatory (M)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 197

Year 1 • Use and Develop Systems that Promote Communication (M) • Promote Professional Development (M) • Champion Equality, Diversity and Inclusion (M) • Develop Health and Safety and Risk Management Policies, Procedures and Practices in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings (M) • Work in Partnership in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings (M) • Manage Health and Social Care Practice to Ensure Positive Outcomes for Individuals (M) • Safeguarding and Protection of Vulnerable Adults (M) • Understand Safeguarding of Children and Young People (for Those Working in the Adult Sector (M) • Lead Person-Centred Practice (M) • Lead and Manage a Team within a Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Setting (M) • Assess the Individual in a Health and Social Care Setting (M)

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Please apply your interest online via the SERC website. You will then be invited in for interview to see if you are eligible for this course.

Year 2 • Develop Procedures and Practice to Respond to Concerns and Complaints. (O) • Recruitment and Selection within Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Setting. (O) • Manage an Inter-Professional Team in a Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s setting. (O) • Manage Quality in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings. (0) • Undertake a Research Project within Services for Health and Social Care or Children and Young People. (O) • Develop and Implement Policies and Procedures to Support the Safeguarding of Children and Young People. (O)

Return to contents page


198 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Leadership for Children’s Care Learning and Development (Management) Duration 34 Weeks This programme will have a new curriculum in 2020. It has yet to be developed

SHORT DESCRIPTION Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care Learning and Development (leadership and Management) (Wales and Northern Ireland) is a nationally recognised qualification gained in the workplace Level 5 Diploma in Leadership for Children’s Care, Learning and Development (leadership and Management) (Wales and Northern Ireland) is a nationally recognised qualification. It is based on National Occupational Standards, which are standards written by employers and experts in your industry. Your qualification will show you are competent to lead and manage within childcare registered settings in Northern Ireland. Diplomas are work based qualifications, so you should choose a qualification that best matches the type of work you already carry out, or expect to carry out in the future. Students should be in working in registered childcare setting in management capacity.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 199

12 Mandatory units and optional units as per Awarding Body standards. Mandatory units • Support Children’s Care, Learning and Development in the Early Years • Understand Children and Young Person’s Development 35 • Lead Practice that Supports Positive Outcomes for Child and Young Person’s Development • Develop and Implement Policies and Procedures to Support the Safeguarding of Children and Young People • Professional Practice in Children’s Care, Learning and Development • Develop Health and Safety and Risk Management Policies, Procedures and Practices in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings • Work in Partnership in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Settings • Use and Develop Systems that Promote Communication • Promote Professional Development • Champion Equality, Diversity and Inclusion • Lead and Manage a Team within a Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Setting • Develop Professional Supervision Practice in Health and Social Care or Children and Young People’s Work Settings * This course is delivered over 2 school years Important Information We do not open on Saturdays, this is for office admin purposes only. This course only runs on a weekday.

CONTACT HOURS TBC

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

ACCREDITATION

You must possess at least one of the following • 5 GCSE Passes grade c or above including Maths and English • Recognised Level 3 Child Care Award • * Minimum age entry 19 years old • Additionally • You should be employed in a supervisory role at management level in a recognised registered childcare setting to apply for this course.

????

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students will be assessed through a variety of methods including observations, reflective accounts, and assignments. Practical assessment is undertaken in early years settings and you will build a portfolio of evidence. Modules are assessed through written coursework and assignments.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Students will have a Level 5 leadership and Management qualification enabling them to apply for senior roles in childcare settings

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will allow students to obtain recognised management qualification as per Northern Ireland social care Council recommendations and allow for progression to senior management roles in childcare settings. Alternatively, further study at a higher level may lead to jobs such as nursing, teaching and social work.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI clearance will need to be processed for each student at a cost of £33 (If not already have one done and is valid within the year).

Return to contents page


200 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Ulster University Foundation Degree in Science in Health and Social Care Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Foundation Degree in Science (FdSc) in Health and Social Care is a new innovative and contemporary course from Ulster University which will be attractive to both students and employers in the Health and Social Care sector.

COURSE STRUCTURE The aim of this Foundation Degree is to address the needs of the local market by preparing graduates to gain the range of knowledge, skills, attitudes and values required to meet the current and future evolving needs of Health and Social Care services in Northern Ireland. Students will undertake a combination of lectures, workshops and seminars.  Weekly contact hours are scheduled for approximately 16 hours per week.  You will be required to undertake self-study and independent reading each week.    The teaching team are all qualified practicing Health & Social Care professionals including Nurses, Social Workers and Physiotherapists. Modules studied include: In Year 1 you will gain an exciting introduction into Health and Social Care by studying a range of modules.   Mandatory modules include: • Effective Communication in Health and Social Care

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 201

• Safeguarding and Managing Risk • Foundations in Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Social Care • Psychology Theory and Application • Introduction to Social Policy Concepts • Introduction to Sociology Professional Conduct and Ethical Practice In Year 2 students will undertake a variety of modules (specific to chosen pathway). In addition, all students must complete 240 hours of Work Based Learning (placement), which also will be assessed.  Upon successful completion of the course, (depending on the pathway undertaken) students may be able to progress to Year 3 full or part-time of BSc (Hons) Health and Wellbeing or part-time BSc (Hons) Applied Health Studies or part-time BSc (Hons) Health and Social Care Policy (with bridging) at Ulster University.    The placement is a compulsory element of the course. It is the student's responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction.   Note: It is the responsibility of the applicant to check each University’s admission and progression requirements before enrolling on a course at the college.

Provide evidence of their ability to undertake the programme through the Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning (APEL).  APEL is a process by which you may be awarded credits for learning that you have gained in the past, and which is relevant to the course to which you have applied.  It may also help you gain entry to a programme if you do not have the required entry qualifications.  This may be certified or experiential learning.  Shortlisted applicants will be invited for an interview.

Each applicant is entitled to the appropriate information, advice and counselling to assess their entrance level and vocational choice. All applicants must also satisfy Enhanced Disclosure from Access NI.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment may include a combination of essays, presentations, role-plays, poster presentations and examinations. Feedback will be delivered as per Ulster University guidelines.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

TBC

Upon successful completion of the FdSc in Health and Social Care, students can also apply for admission to a range of Allied Health Profession Degree programmes including Nursing, Social Work and Community Youth Work as well as a range of Social and Life Science Degrees including Psychology, Sociology, Social Policy, Criminology and many more.

Candidates must meet the following criteria: (a) satisfy the University’s general entry requirements and Attained minimum Grade C at GCSE in 5 subjects or an equivalent standard in an approved alternative qualification. Provide evidence of competence in numeracy (GCSE Grade C or above or equivalent) Hold a BTEC Extended Diploma in Health and Social Care or a related Level 3 subject area, or two GCE A Level passes or equivalent  OR

Successful completion of this FdSc allows students to meet the National Occupational Standards requirements at Level 3 which will greatly enhance employability; enhancing opportunities to access jobs in the Health and Social Care field within the community, private and voluntary sectors.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Access NI estimated at £33.

Non-standard admission will be agreed with the University Faculties.

CONTACT HOURS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Well-Being / part-time BSc (Hons) Applied Health Studies or part-time BSc (Hons) Health and Social Care Policy.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Ulster University.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following: Students are required to: Comply with College Policies and procedures. Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Upon successful completion of the course you may be able to progress to Year 3 of the full or part-time BSc (Hons) Health and

Return to contents page


202 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Healthcare Practice Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is ideal for those who want to progress to study and work in the Health Care industry. It is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both elements are a compulsory part of the course. It is the student's responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction.

COURSE STRUCTURE There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment. MANDATORY MODULES Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace Demonstrating Professional Principles and Values in Health and Social Care Practice Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care ¡ Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice Health Education in Action Effective Health Care Practice using Maths Anatomy and Physiology for Health and Ill-Health

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 203

CONTACT HOURS 6  hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 1.5 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study 11 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. Placement This will require you to attend College for 1 day a week and to attend your vocational placement to complete the 225 hours through the 2 years.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS:  • A minimum of 64 UCAS points including: • Two A Levels at A2 OR  • Level 3 Diploma / Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma   Access Diploma: Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+ English Language Requirements for International students: • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 

Tier 4 Students: SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning.  Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section Additional Skills Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams.  This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study.  Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120 credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth work and Speech & Language Therapy. In 2015/2016, over 85% of HNC students received their 1st choice University offer with the majority progressing to Queen's and Ulster University to study Nursing and Social Work.

The course can lead directly into a career in Health and Social Care, for example previous students have sought employment as auxiliary nurses, community care assistants, and residential support workers. Students can progress to the Level 5 HND (Management Level which is delivered in the Newtownards Campus as a blended learning course). Your tutors will discuss this during the Level 4 programme.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clearance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


204 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

C&G Level 4 Certificate in Working with Substance Misuse Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This level 4 certificate is ideal for you if you work within the field of substance misuse, including dealing with drug, alcohol or solvent abuse. This qualification will give you specialist knowledge and professional skills so you can be more resourceful and effective. The course covers a range of topics from identifying misuse to supporting individuals through treatment and rehabilitation, enabling you to focus on the substance misuse issues that impact on your work. The certificate in working with Substance Misuse is for professionals who work with individuals who misuse substances, either directly or indirectly, for example, you may be a Support Worker, Housing Worker, Police Officer or Teacher. They are also relevant to those working within specialist substance misuse services either with adults or children and young people. These services may be statutory or voluntary and will usually have Service Level Agreements with local Drug Action Teams (DATs), Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs) or Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnerships (CDRPs).They can also be used by workers who cannot access the full Level 3 qualification because of the nature of their working context or role i.e. they are a part-time or voluntary worker.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 205

Students will study enough units to gain a minimum of 18 credits. These include; Recognise indications of substance misuse and refer individuals to specialists. Enable individuals who misuse substances to identify and use health and social care services and facilities. Identify and act upon immediate risk of danger to substance misusers. Support individuals who are substance users.

CONTACT HOURS Directed Study 3 hours per week to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 3 hours per week, on average, studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Must be working in the area of substance misuse, for example, as a teacher, police officer etc English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme

ACCREDITATION City and Guilds

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods primarily this will be assessment of occupational competence in the workplace through observations and candidates will submit a portfolio of evidence. Assessment will also include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Students can apply to continue further study at a degree level in areas such as addiction studies and then to other postgraduate level 7 courses.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This course will enhance your knowledge of this area.

Return to contents page


206 / HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Social and Community Work (Social and Community Work Practice) Duration 34 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is suitable for those wanting to study or work in Health and Care settings. This course is delivered through a combination of classroom teaching and a 225-hour work placement in a relevant Health and Social Care workplace. This may be your current job if suitable. Both elements are a compulsory part of the course.  It is the student’s responsibility to identify their own placement. Support for this will be provided during induction. There is a focus on helping you to develop the knowledge, skills and values necessary for continuing education, employment and professional development within the Health and Social Care sector. You will be encouraged to develop and reflect on your learning within a continuous learning environment. Mandatory Modules • Law, Policy and Ethical Practice in Health and Social Care. • Health & Safety in the Health & Social Care Workplace. Demonstrating Professional Principles and Values in Health and Social Care. Practice Supporting the Individual Journey through Integrated Health and Social Care. Fundamentals of Evidence-based Practice

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HEALTH AND EARLY YEARS / 207

Social Work Principles and Introduction to Practice Applied. Understanding of Human Development and Behaviour. Health, Safety and Risk Management in Care Environments.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 6 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Mandatory Additional Study Maximum of 1.5 hours per week average over the academic year. Personal Study • 11 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials. • Placement • This will require you to attend college for 1 day a week and to attend your vocational placement to complete the 225 hours through the 2 years.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS • A minimum of 64 UCAS points including • Two A Levels at A2 OR • Level 3 National Diploma/National Extended Diploma OR • Level 3 CACHE Extended Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 58%+

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section Additional Skills Experience of work or placements in the health and social sector are desirable criteria.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and exams. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Progression routes include further study or employment in the relevant field. This qualification will give you a minimum of 120 credits which you can use to apply to related Degree programmes. Previous SERC Graduates have successfully applied to Degrees in Nursing, Midwifery, Social Work, Occupational Therapy, Psychology, Youth work and Speech and Language Therapy. In 2016/2017, over 85% of HNC students received their 1st choice University offer with the majority progressing to Queen’s and Ulster University to study Nursing and Social Work. The course can lead directly into a career in Health and Social Care, for example previous students have sought employment as auxiliary nurses, community care assistants, and residential support workers.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? This programme will provide you with the skills to enable you to meet the demands of a challenging Health and Social Care sector.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students must pay for their Access NI clearance, current cost is £33 - please note your own workplace clearance may suffice. Students will have to pay for production of posters for class presentations. Approximate cost of £30.

ACCREDITATION Course and Provider regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


208 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Human Resource Officer £15,000 - £50,000

You will be responsible for dealing with staff at all levels within this diverse role which will include core duties such as assisting in the recruitment of new employees, recording employee information, promoting equality and developing HR policies and procedures. Progression within this role could lead to a position in senior management within an organisation.

Marketing Executive £18,000 - £35,000

Creativity and strong communication skills are key within this exciting role in which you may be undertaking duties such as research on customer and market trends, copywriting and managing social media campaigns to name but a few. You will usually be part of a team and need proficient organisational skills, coupled with a solid standard of I.T ability.

Business and Management

52 - 53

Hospitality

54 - 57

Travel and Tourism

58 - 59

GCE

58 - 59

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 209

School of Hospitality, Management, Tourism and Languages Example Careers

Retail Manager

Business Manager

HR Officer Accountant Head Chef Events Manager Restaurant Manager Marketing Executive Travel Agent Aviation Operations Return to contents page


210 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Liverpool John Moores University BSc Hons Business Management Duration 29 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The BSc Hons Business Management Degree is designed to equip students with the necessary skills to engage in the general Business Environment on completion of this 4 year programme of study.

COURSE STRUCTURE  Modules of the programme are listed below; all modules are mandatory there are no optional modules in this programme Level 4 • Business and the Economy • Data Analysis for Business • Finance and accounting for Managers • Principles of Marketing • Operations and Technology Management • Managing People and Organisations • Personal and Professional Development Level 5 Mandatory Modules • The Digital economy • Project Management • Research and Analysis for business • Sustainability and the circular economy • Employability and enterprise • Level 5 Optional Modules (from which 2 will be chosen) • Creativity, Innovation and Entrepreneurship • HR Fundamentals • Supply chain management • Customer relationship Management • Digital marketing • Managing the multinational enterprise • Project management methodologies • Leading and influencing projects

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

• Global sustainability issues and opportunities Level 6 • Strategic Management • Project dissertation (or) Business plan consultancy • Level 6 Optional Modules (from which 3 will be chosen) • Personal and professional ethics • Project planning, monitoring and control • Contemporary project management and practice • Applied business entrepreneurship • Social enterprise • Global strategy in Practice • Strategic HRM • Leadership • Integrated marketing communications • Global marketing • Strategic branding • Sustainable supply chains In the final year of the degree students will be required to complete a dissertation or an extended project report on a Business area of their choice. 

CONTACT HOURS 7.5 hours per week over two evenings to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 12 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • General Entry Requirements: • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above. No Equivalency is acceptable. UCAS:  Applicants should possess a minimum of 96 UCAS points  


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 211

Alternatively, relevant industrial experience may be taken into consideration Access Diploma: Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include: • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2  Tier 4 Students: SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning.  Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section Applicants must satisfy the University’s general entry requirements and specific requirements. 

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based

Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

year depending upon location however, it is approximated in the region of £300-400. Students may also be required to participate in industrial visits, the costs of these visits throughout the year are estimated at a cost to the student of approx. £100 in total.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

ACCREDITATION

On successful completion of this programme you will enhance your professional development and as a Business Studies graduate you will be able to offer a current or potential employer a range of business skills that will be beneficial to their organisation.   This is particularly pertinent to the following areas of business: Marketing, Finance, Management, Supply Chain Management and Logistics, Corporate Social Responsibility, Quality Management, E-business, Project Management.  

Course and Provider regulated by Liverpool John Moore University.

Possible further study may include postgraduate qualifications such as Masters Degrees, and professional qualifications from bodies such as Chartered Institute of Marketing, Institute of Personnel Development, Accounting Technicians Ireland, Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply, Association of Project Management.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC's Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following: Comply with College Policies and procedures Submit all coursework and assessments by specified dates, coursework submitted without consent after the deadline shall not normally be accepted Pass all modules in each year of study in order to proceed to the next year of the programme. *The minimum overall pass mark of 40% is required to be achieved in all modules.

You will learn transferable skills such as communication, organisational skills, problem solving, leadership and critical thinking which will help you to apply to relevant jobs within the Business Environment.  The programme is designed to facilitate your development of a range of graduate qualities that are highly valued in the workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Students may have the opportunity to participate in an International Study Tour, which will be self-funded by the student.  The cost of this study tour will vary from year to

Return to contents page


212 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

ATI Level 5 Diploma for Accounting Technicians Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Level 5 Diploma is the 2nd year of the ATI (Accounting Technicians Ireland) qualification. ATI is a professional body in its own right controlled by Chartered Accountants Ireland (CAI). It is important to note this qualification must be started and completed in Ireland.  Modules Studied • Advanced Financial Accounting • Advanced Taxation • Integrated Accounting Systems (IAS) • Management Accounting

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 6-8 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths • Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable) • Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths) UCAS In order to gain entry to this course, students need to have successfully completed the

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 213

Level 4 Certificate in Accounting Technician accredited by ATI (Accounting Technicians Ireland). Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters,

leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. ATI Level 5 Diploma for Accounting Technicians consists of a set of 4 examinations which are all externally assessed by ATI.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Organisations of all sizes from large multinationals to local firms depend on people skilled in accounting, finance and management. Careers opportunities span a vast array of industries and job roles to suit all interests. There is a strong demand for accountancy skills in the workplace. As an Accounting Technician you will be qualified to work in many types of accountancy positions and general management positions. Further study can lead to the Chartered Accountancy route.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Registration fees paid directly to ATI, which includes ATI registration fee, module textbooks and exams fees. Fees are currently £590 but this may increase slightly. Full details will be known once ATI confirm the fees for 18/19.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI).

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification has a distinct advantage in the market place as many employers view it as essential, when they are hiring. The course has enabled completing students to apply for key roles in accounting practices and in industry. For example, many graduates pursue further accounting studies with organisations such as Chartered Accountants Ireland (CAI), or the other professional bodies like the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Institute of Certified Public Accountants (CPA), or the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). All these bodies offer Accounting Technicians Ireland graduates significant exemptions for taking their exams.

Return to contents page


214 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

City and Guilds Level 4 Award In the Internal Quality Assurance Of The Assessment Processes & Practice Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This qualification is intended for those who maintain the quality of assessment from within an organisation or assessment centre. To achieve the award, candidates must complete a total of 12 credits from 2 mandatory units. The two units are Unit 401 Understanding the principles and practices of internally assuring the quality of assessment The aim of this unit is to assess knowledge and understanding of the principles and practices that underpin the internal quality assurance of assessment Unit 402 Internally assure the quality of assessment The aim of this unit is to assess the IQA candidate’s performance in assuring the quality of assessment from within an organisation or assessment centre.

CONTACT HOURS 3 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 3-5 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 215

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Although there are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, it is expected that candidates have achieved their Assessor qualification to demonstrate an understanding of assessment practices and principles and experience of using different assessment methods. English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Candidates who have completed the Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice may progress to further learning by undertaking the Level 4 Certificate in Leading the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice suite of qualifications provides candidates with high quality, nationally recognised qualifications. They are vocationally-related, credit-based qualifications that provide valuable opportunities for individuals to develop skills, gain underpinning knowledge and understanding and demonstrate competence in the workplace or provide progression to the Level 4 Certificate in Leading the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Candidates may be required to travel in order to meet with their assessors and as such, travel costs may be incurred.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by City & Guilds

Return to contents page


216 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Level 5 Certificate in Management and Leadership Duration 25 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION CMI (Chartered Management Institute) Level 5 qualifications are designed for middle managers and those aspiring to senior management who want to develop key skills such as managing resources, recruitment and information management. CMI (Chartered Management Institute)  Level 5 qualifications are designed for middle managers and those aspiring to senior management who want to develop key skills such as managing resources, recruitment and information management. Level 5 qualifications focus on the personal development of the individual learner’s management capabilities and competencies. The Level 5 Certificate in Management and Leadership gives you a broader knowledge of middle management skills while focusing on the specific leadership areas appropriate to you and your workplace.

CONTACT HOURS The programme will run over 3 hrs per week and candidates should expect to complete approx 4hrs independent study ach week in addition to contact hours.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 217

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

TERMS & CONDITIONS

There are no formal entry requirements for this programme, however in order to be able to complete this programme successfully candidates should be at middle to senior management level and be familiar with report writing.

Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is normally via practical work-based assignments. This ensures you minimise time away from work and that you undertake work study which is relevant to your own organisation’s context.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This programme will allow you to start your professional journey of learning and progress to further qualifications within the CMI suite of qualifications. Specifically on completion of the Level 5 Certificate you will be eligible to be considered for the Chartered Manager status.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? On completion of the certificate candidates may progress to the full Diploma, they will also be eligible to submit an application to become a CHARTERED Manger, recognising their professional status as a manager.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION On completion of the programme candidates will gain a Professioanl recognised qualification from the CMI

Return to contents page


218 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

CMI Level 5 Award in Management and Leadership Duration 8 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is designed for middle managers as well as those aspiring to senior management and Chartered Manager status who want to develop key skills such as managing resources, recruitment and information management. This course is designed for middle managers as well as those aspiring to senior management and Chartered Manager status who want to develop key skills such as managing resources, recruitment and information management.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 219

Return to contents page


220 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

ATI Level 4 Certificate for Accounting Technicians Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION ATI (Accounting Technicians Ireland) Level 4 Certificate is a one year qualification which upon successful completion can lead to ATI Level 5 Diploma course. Students will be required to successfully complete all modules in year 1 to obtain the Level 4 Certificate. ATI provides an accounting qualification that is recognised by industry and is one of the leading accounting qualifications in Ireland. It is important to note this qualification must be started and completed in Ireland. Mandatory Modules • Financial Accounting • Taxation • Law & Ethics • Business Management • All lecturers delivering on this course are appropriately qualified and meet the requirements of the awarding body.

CONTACT HOURS Directed Study 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 6-8 hours of study per week, on average, in your own time including use of online materials, case studies and preparation for examinations.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 221

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • General Entrance Requirements • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy GCSE Maths • Grade C or above (no equivalency acceptable) • Four passes at Grade C or above, 2 of which to include English (or equivalent) and Maths (must be GCSE Maths) UCAS • A minimum of 48 UCAS points including • At least one A Level pass or 2 AS Passes OR • Level 3 Diploma Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%-65%+ including one science module at a minimum of 60% English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. Students will be required to sit an examination in each subject and to obtain 50% or higher to pass. Examination sessions are held in May and August.

they are hiring. The course has enabled completing students to take up key roles in accounting practices and in industry. A percentage of ATI graduates decide to continue studying and will use the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification as a stepping stone into other professional accounting and taxation bodies. Many graduates pursue further accounting studies with organisations such as Chartered Accountants Ireland, or the other professional bodies including the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Institute of Certified Public Accountants (CPA), or the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). All these bodies offer Accounting Technicians Ireland graduates significant exemptions for taking their exams.

ADDITIONAL COSTS

Progression to Level 5 Diploma is dependent on students passing at least 3 examinations which must include taxation, financial accounting plus 1 other.

Registration fees paid directly to ATI, which includes ATI registration fee, module text books and exams fees. Fees are currently £620 but this may increase slightly. Full details will be known once ATI confirm the fees for 18/19.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

ACCREDITATION

Careers opportunities span a vast array of industries and job roles to suit all interests. There is also a strong demand for accountancy skills in the workplace. As an accounting technician, you can apply to work for many types of organisations including Private accountancy firms, Manufacturing companies, Service companies, Banks and insurance companies, National government departments, Local government.

Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI)

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification can give you a distinct advantage in the market place as many employers view it as essential, when

Return to contents page


222 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Higher Level Apprenticeship in Accounting

• • • • •

Law and Ethics Advanced Financial Accounting Advanced Taxation Management Accounting Integrated Accounting Systems

CONTACT HOURS Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION

Directed Study 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

This course is aimed at individuals who wish to pursue a career in accountancy. The Apprenticeship is dependent upon the candidate securing full-time employment with an organisation and attending training on one full day per week in College.

Personal Study A further 8 hours of study per week, on average, in your own time including use of online materials, case studies and preparation for examinations

This is a work-based programme which enables you to earn while you learn and gain a nationally recognised professional qualification. The apprentice will be employed in an accountancy practice for two years and mentoring will be provided throughout the employment period. The Higher Level Apprenticeship in Accountancy provides an alternative entrance route to starting a career in the accountancy and finance profession.

• Applicants must be at least 18 years of age on or before 1st July in the year of proposed entry • GCSE English Language (minimum GCSE grade B) and Mathematics (minimum GCSE grade B) and • Minimum of 96 UCAS tariff points achieved through the completion of A Levels in any subject or equivalent qualification

Students will be employed for four days per week and will attend college one day per week. Weekly contact hours will be scheduled to 8 hours per week, consisting of mainly lectures and other practical class activities in preparation for their end of year exams. Students are expected to undertake at least 8 hours independent study per week which will increase closer to the exam period. All staff teaching on the programme hold graduate, post graduate and professional qualifications as well as significant industry experience. Modules will include • Financial Accounting • Taxation • Business Management

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 • Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Special Features Employability You will gain lots of valuable knowledge, practical skills and work experience as well as an internationally recognised qualification just the combination that can help increase your future employability, boost your CV, help you progress into management roles and open new career opportunities for you. This programme will provide you with an immediate 2-year employment contract working with a leading NI accountancy practitioner as well as attending college on a weekly basis. A Recognised Qualification You will gain an internationally recognised qualification - Diploma of Accounting Technicians from Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI) which is a Level 5 qualification and is equivalent to a Foundation Degree programme.


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 223

A Stepping Stone to Chartered Accountancy Upon successful completion of your Higher Apprenticeship, you could continue your studies towards Chartered Status at Level 7 with Chartered Accountants Ireland (CAI). Earn While You Learn You will gain valuable accountancy work experience from your employer as well as gaining a recognised professional qualification and earning a regular salary (at least the national minimum wage). This Higher Level Apprenticeship programme will allow you to start your highly-skilled career without the student debt that your university peers will have accumulated during their degree course - providing a real alternative to university. Getting a Higher Apprenticeship with an employer is the same as getting a job. Following submission of your application, you will be invited to go through the employer’s recruitment process. It will be competitive and there are likely to be a number of people applying for each Higher Apprenticeship vacancy, so you will need to sell yourself and convince the employer that you are the right person for the role. Apprentices may be recent school leavers who have undertaken A Levels or other suitable Level 3 qualifications or be currently employed in an organisation with a suitable accounts department who will be changing roles to take on the HLA in Accountancy or anyone who has a keen interest in developing a career in Accountancy. As an apprentice You will commit your time and effort to gaining the required skills and putting these into practice in the workplace. You will also be required to complete formal study one day per week at South Eastern Regional College for the ATI Diploma as well as informal work-based training (e.g. attending

meetings). You will also be expected to play an active role in the mentoring programme determined by your employer. Your employer will commit to employing you for 2 years, pay you at least the national minimum wage, carry out regular reviews of your progress and provide career development support.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification can give you a distinct advantage in the market place as many employers view it as essential, when they are hiring. The course has enabled completing students to take up key roles in accounting practices and in industry. A percentage of ATI graduates decide to continue studying and will use the Accounting Technicians Ireland qualification as a stepping stone into other professional accounting and taxation bodies. Many graduates pursue further accounting studies with organisations such as Chartered Accountants Ireland, or the other professional bodies including the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Institute of Certified Public Accountants (CPA), or the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA). All these bodies offer Accounting Technicians Ireland graduates significant exemptions for taking their exams.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Pass three out of four modules which includes Taxation, Financial Accounting and one other before progressing to Level 5 Diploma.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme.

ACCREDITATION Accredited by Accounting Technicians Ireland (ATI).

Return to contents page


224 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

ILM Level 5 Certificate in Leadership and Management (QCF) Duration 16 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The ILM Level 5 Certificate in Leadership and Management is designed to support managers who are leading teams and change in their organisations. The programme allows individuals to develop their skills and performance in preparation for more senior roles. Candidates can expect to use core management techniques to drive better results, develop their ability to lead, motivate and inspire their teams while providing strategic leadership for their organisations. Modules include • Unit 222 Becoming an effective leader • Unit 509 Managing customer relations • Unit 504 Leading change and innovation

CONTACT HOURS Candidates can expect to attend classes each week for 3-4 hrs.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS There are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, however candidates should be in a middle management role.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 225

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates will be required to complete a range of assessments including reports and presentations to cover the assessment requirement of the qualification. Candidates will be provided with one to one feedback regarding assessment completion.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The qualification is designed to develop the skillset of managers and leaders in order to better lead teams and manage change.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The programme will allow managers to better understand their own skills and areas for future development as leaders and managers.

ADDITIONAL COSTS No additional costs are applicable

ACCREDITATION The programme is accredited through the Institute of Leadership and Management (ILM) at level 3.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Candidates are expected to attend all mandatory training to complete the qualification

Return to contents page


226 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

ILM Level 5 Certificate in Service Improvement Duration 20 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Level 5 Certificate in Service Improvement is designed for experienced or new department heads and project leads or other middle managers in organisations adopting lean methodologies or looking for ways to improve performance and efficiency. Learners will learn to lead significant service improvements using lean methods. Programme delivery involves two full days whereby candidates will be introduced to a range of methodologies and problem solving techniques and tools, along with an understating of effective project management. The remainder of the programme will involve candidates being mentored through a project of their choice, which will be based on six sigma and lean methodology. Benefits for individuals Analyse and evaluate lean production and improvement methods Create a project proposal using lean methods to improve a service in your organisation Implement the service improvement project, with appropriate controls Evaluate and report on the success of the project.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 227

Benefits for employers Managers with an advanced understanding of lean production methods to maximise value to customers

CONTACT HOURS Candidates are required to attend two full day sessions and the remainder of the course will be delivered through one to one mentoring.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS There are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, however candidates should be in a project, continuous improvement, quality role to maximise the effectiveness of this course.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following Candidates are expected to attend the full day.

Further qualifications in the field of lean and continuous improvement can be undertaken on completion of the programme.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? This programme will embed lean methodology and ensure candidates are well equipped to lead effective continuous improvements projects maximising outputs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Candidates will be required to complete a continuous improvement project within their organisation.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? ADDITIONAL COSTS No additional costs are applicable

ACCREDITATION The programme is non accredited.

Return to contents page


228 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

CMI Level 5 Diploma in Management and Leadership Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The programme is designed to enhance the candidate’s knowledge and application of leadership and management and will contain a work based project. Participating on the programme will help candidates develop skills such as strategic planning, creating and delivering operational plans, managing projects, leading and managing teams, managing change, and development of leadership skills. Candidates will complete the following modules • 5001 Personal development as a leader and a manager. • 5013 Leadership Practice • 5009 Project Development and Control • 5007 Organisational financial management • 5005 Meeting stakeholder need • 5006 Conducting a management project • The programme will be delivered over one full day every 4 weeks approximately running from September to June Candidates on the programme will be required to complete the following To have an organisational mentor aligned to support them throughout their learning journey To complete a work based project which will drive measurable outcomes for their organisations

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 229

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 7 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials every 4 weeks. In addition to class time, candidates will be allocated an academic mentor to assist them on their learning journey. Personal Study A further 4 hours per week maximum studying and preparing assessments

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS While there are no formal entry requirements for this programme, candidates are required to demonstrate that they have been in a leadership and management position for at least three years within a public, private or voluntary organisation. The programme is applicable to professional managers from all sectors - the private, public or third sector and all sizes of organisation. English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Candidates may wish to purchase books, however online learning is also available through the digital library

ACCREDITATION The programme is accredited through the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) at Level 5 Diploma

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? The CMI Level 5 Diploma in Management and Leadership is designed for middle managers and those aspiring to senior management who want to develop their key skills. A Diploma in Management and Leadership is the benchmark qualification for full CMI membership, taking you another step towards Chartered Manager status. The CMI L5 Diploma aims to develop personal management capabilities, make effective use of information in decision-making, operations and the development of the skills in managing people. The CMI Level 5 Diploma will enable candidates to become Members of the CMI with the post nominal MCMI. 

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The CMI Level 5 Diploma is specifically designed to facilitate the development of managers and leaders who are currently operating in middle level management roles, providing an opportunity for upskilling and reskilling as necessary. The programme will build and develop individual’s knowledge, skills and behaviours in a leadership and management role.

Return to contents page


230 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

CIPD Level 5 Certificate In Human Resource Management (QCF) Duration 32 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is aimed at those who are currently employed in Human Resources and are looking to develop their HR career in HR. CIPD Intermediate Level qualifications offer you the opportunity to build your expertise in HR or L&D. Set at undergraduate level (Level 5 RQF) they will help you to develop your ability to evaluate the effectiveness of HR models and practices and increase your understanding of organisations, whilst also developing your planning, analytical and problem-solving skills. By successfully completing CIPD’s Intermediate Certificate qualification you’ll automatically become an Associate and professional member of the CIPD (Assoc CIPD). To achieve the Level 5 Certificate in HRM, learners need to achieve a minimum of 32 credits comprising 14 credits from the core units and 18 credits from the specialist units. Modules studied include Developing Professional Practice Business Issues and the Contexts of Human Resources Using Information in Human Resources Improving Organisational Performance Employment Law Employee Engagement

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 231

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study to include Practical Assessments A further 7 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Ideally learners will have completed a Level 3 CIPD qualification; IT skills, motivation and commitment are necessary. All candidates are required to be currently working in an HR role in order to be considered for acceptance onto the programme, ideally in a middle management position. Candidates will be interviewed to assess suitability. English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

ADDITIONAL COSTS All candidates are required to register independently with CIPD, membership costs may fluctuate year on year. 2017/18 costs were £155 for a year.

ACCREDITATION HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Candidates are assessed using a range of different methods. These include assessments, coursework, project based learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

The course and Provider are regulated by CIPD

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? CIPD intermediate qualifications are ideal if you want to progress your work in HR or L&D and study a recognised professional qualification, wish to progress your career by improving your knowledge and skills and aspire to become a professional member of the CIPD.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The CIPD Level 5 qualification is highly valued by employers as they help you to develop the business understanding and technical knowledge that employers look for. They demonstrate that you’ve achieved a certain level of knowledge in HR and L&D.  The qualification is highly relevant and practical and is designed to develop your HR, L&D and business knowledge.  The qualification will allow you to enhance your professional credibility providing you with a professional level of membership (Associate member), which demonstrates your professionalism in the workplace.

Return to contents page


232 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

Entry to Management Graduate Development Programme Duration 28 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION Matching Graduates with Employers, leadership and management skills are achieved through an intensive work placement and development programme. Completion of a CMI L5 in Leadership and Management is integrated across this 24 week programme where professional mentoring is provided. Successful completion of the course will allow you to apply for employment opportunities. SERC will match shortlisted candidates with employers. Entry to Management is Northern Irelands longest established graduate management development programme, running for over twenty years and supported by the Department for the Economy. The Entry programme is designed to provide unique opportunities for graduates and employers alike, the key focus is to grow results and build talent, shaping the leaders of tomorrow. The programme is targeted at driving success through innovation and building leadership and management capacity in the Northern Irish economy.  Talent development is a critical part of successful economic growth. Successful graduates will complete a period of industrial employment which will support them in their first step into a management and a leadership role. Throughout their period of employment (24 weeks) they will be required to deliver on a business improvement project which will be agreed prior to the employment commencing. Graduates will complete a Chartered Management Institute Level 5

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 233

Certificate in Leadership and Management during the programme which will focus on the development of their professional and personal skills. Throughout their journey the Graduate will be mentored by a business professional.

Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS)

CONTACT HOURS

Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include tests, coursework, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.  Professional mentoring will provide continual and ongoing support / feedback The professional qualification is assessed through two assignments and is delivered every other Tuesday evening in SERC Lisburn campus from 6pm-9pm

8 hours per month contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Mandatory Additional Study You will be expected to complete two assignments where additional time may be required Personal Study You will complete a Business Improvement project which is aligned to your qualification

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK?

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Hold a Level 5 qualification (HND, Foundation Degree or Degree) • Have the right to work in the EU Hold an appropriate visa (if applicable) • Be available and Commit to 24 weeks placement between Oct 19 - Mar 20

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English • Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successful completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE?

This programme will help build talent and increase your employability and earning potential. 97% of graduates have retained or secured full time permanent employment as a result of the programme.

Professional work experience will build your industry knowledge, expertise and confidence. Having a professional qualification will also increase your opportunities and add to your CV. Peer networking and exposure to a number of companies will raise your profile. After graduate employment, 97% of previous candidates have secured graduate positions as a direct result of participating on the programme and 100% of past participants would recommend the programme to other graduates.  

The CMI Certificate will enable you to strengthen and develop your knowledge of middle management by focusing on personal development and undertaking a management project with tangible outcomes for the employer. 

ADDITIONAL COSTS There are no additional costs associated with this programme

ACCREDITATION The programme is accredited through the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) at Level 5 Certificate

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following I am available for full time employment from 08 Oct 19 - 31 Mar 20 I understand I am required to attend two full induction days @ SERC (Oct 19) I understand I am required to attend the ENTRY peer conference over two days in Jan 20 I understand I am required to complete a CMI Level 5 Certificate throughout the programme and attend necessary training sessions. I understand I will be required to complete a Business Improvement Project as part of the programme I understand I may be required to attend employer interviews from w/c 20 August 2019

Return to contents page


234 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

C&G Level 4 Diploma In Hospitality Management Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This qualification is for candidates who work or want to work as a kitchen manager or head chef in the hospitality and catering sector. Units to be studied Year 1 • Manage purchasing costs in hospitality • Manage staffing rotas for a hospitality team • Manage a team meeting • Develop and create innovative dishes and recipes • Manage a team to prepare, cook and present Year 2 • Food current hospitality industry and food trends • Manage the performance of teams and individuals • Work as part of a hospitality management team to achieve strategic goals • Manage compliance with regulatory and legislative requirements in hospitality • Manage own professional development within an organisation

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials. Personal Study A further 3 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 235

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UCAS • Level 3 Qualification in Hospitality or Catering e.g. NVQ3 Professional Cookery OR • Significant Industry experience e.g. Deputy/ Department Head within the Industry English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies.This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? It allows candidates to progress into hospitality and catering management roles or to a Level 5 qualification.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The Level 4 Diploma in Hospitality Management aims to prepare candidates to develop and practice the skills required for employment in culinary management.

ADDITIONAL COSTS A set of chefs whites and safety shoes are required with approximate cost of £60.00

ACCREDITATION Accredited by City & Guilds

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


236 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

OCN NI Level 4 Award in Modern Languages (French) Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This more advanced course aims to help you develop fluency and enable you to communicate freely in the French language, understand more advanced grammatical structures whilst gaining a deeper understanding of French culture. Speaking, Reading, Listening and Writing skills are further developed through discussion of newspaper articles, watching live French broadcasts and listening to authentic audio materials. Grammar is also taught to help improve both written and spoken accuracy.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

This year over 40 students achieved Level 4 Awards in Modern Languages (French, Italian and Spanish) undertaken at Downpatrick, Bangor and Lisburn Campuses and celebrated their achievements with family and friends at SERCs annual graduation ceremony at the Belfast Waterfront Hall, Belfast.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 237

OCN NI Level 4 Award in Modern Languages (Spanish)

OCN NI Level 4 Award in Modern Languages (Italian)

Duration 33 Weeks

Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION

SHORT DESCRIPTION

This more advanced course aims to help you develop fluency and enable you to communicate freely in the Spanish language, understand more advanced grammatical structures whilst gaining a deeper understanding of Spanish culture.

This more advanced course aims to help you develop fluency and enable you to communicate freely in the Italian language, understand more advanced grammatical structures whilst gaining a deeper understanding of Italian culture.

Speaking, Reading, Listening and Writing skills are further developed through discussion of newspaper articles, watching live Spanish broadcasts and listening to authentic audio materials. Grammar is also taught to help improve both written and spoken accuracy.

Speaking, Reading, Listening and Writing skills are further developed through discussion of newspaper articles, watching live Italian broadcasts and listening to authentic audio materials. Grammar is also taught to help improve both written and spoken accuracy.

TERMS & CONDITIONS

TERMS & CONDITIONS

Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study.

Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study.

While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


238 / HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES

CMI Level 5 Certificate In Management Coaching and Mentoring Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The Level 5 Certificate in Management Coaching and Mentoring gives you a broader knowledge of management coaching and mentoring skills, focusing on management coaching and mentoring practice, and management of action learning. The CMI Management Coaching and Mentoring qualifications are designed for practising middle managers and those aspiring to senior management to develop management coaching and mentoring skills, helping you to identify the links between management coaching, mentoring and the achievement of business goals. Chartered Management Institute (CMI) is a professional body - and the only chartered body - for management and leadership. Once registered for this qualification, you will automatically become a studying member, and upon completion will be eligible to become a Member of CMI. You will also become eligible for Chartered Manager status via the Exemption Route. By undertaking this qualification, you will be developing management coaching and mentoring skills, helping you to identify the links between management coaching, mentoring and the achievement of business goals. You need to achieve a total of 18 credits to attain this qualification,

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


HOSPITALITY, MANAGEMENT, TOURISM AND LANGUAGES / 239

Units that you will complete include the following • Introduction to management coaching and mentoring • Using coaching and mentoring skills as a manager • Coaching practice and theory

CONTACT HOURS • 3.5 hours teaching per week • Candidates are expected to attend all delivery sessions, one evening per week and to complete approx. 2-4 hrs of independent study per week.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS There are no formal entry requirements for this qualification, all candidates will be interviewed in line with SERC admissions policy in order to assess suitability for the qualification. As part of the assessment candidates will need to show evidence of coaching and mentoring staff and as such should be in position which allows them to demonstrate this.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Assessment is normally via practical work-based assignments, presentations and reports. Where possible you will undertake work study which is relevant to your own organisation’s context.

CMI Level 5 Qualifications in Management and Leadership CMI Level 7 Qualifications in Strategic Coaching and Mentoring

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Through the completion of this qualification candidates will have a wider knowledge and understanding of the theory and application of coaching and mentoring in the workplace.

ADDITIONAL COSTS No additional costs are applicable

ACCREDITATION The programme is accredited through the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) at Level 5 Certificate

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs. In addition to the above Terms & Conditions students must also adhere to the following

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? This qualification provides learners with skills and knowledge for individuals entering the management sector in roles including Manager, Duty Manager, Senior Manager and Head of Department. After completion of this qualification you can also continue your learning and progress on to the following qualifications

Return to contents page


240 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Photographer £14,000 - £50,000

You can work for companies or individual clients, on a freelance or employed basis, usually specialising in an area such as fashion, portrait, wedding or e-commerce photography. You will require design and technical ability as well as attention to detail.

Choreographer £15,000 - £40,000

You will create dance routines with movement sequences in a wide range of settings. You may also be involved in choosing music, auditioning of dancers and working with costume designer and musical directors. You will need advanced dancing skills along with good teaching and communication skills.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 241

School of Performing and Creative Arts

Example Careers

Photographer

Production Designer

Fashion Designer TV Production Designer Dancer Beautician Film Maker Musician Theatrical Make up Artist Hairdresser Spa Therapist Barber Music Producer

Return to contents page


242 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC HNC in Creative Media Production Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION Offered by the NI Film & Television School at SERC, this is a fast-paced, one year part-time course that aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to take the first steps towards a career in the film and television industry. An optional second year of study can be undertaken on the HND if the students meet the entry requirements. This course is delivered over two full days a week to allow students to balance other work and family commitments alongside their course of study. Creative Media production students will have access to industry standard production equipment and studio space. Mandatory Modules • Individual Project (Pearson-set) • Creative Media Industry • Professional Practice • Specialist units will include • Film and Television Practices • Film Studies • Cinematography - Camera • Single camera techniques • Film and Video Editing

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 14.5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials and masterclasses. Student workload usually includes 3 or 4 assessments per module. Personal Study A further 13 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 243

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy • GCSE Mathematics Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Numeracy UCAS • A minimum of 96 UCAS points including • Grade C Pass or above at A2 Level in moving image arts or a media related subject • OCR/BTEC Level 3 Extended/Diploma in Creative Media Production with a MMM profile Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process

APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical exercises and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of the Level 4 HNC Creative Media Production course may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in Creative Media Production. The course aims to help students to develop industry connections through a strong programme of masterclasses, workshops and industry visits. The NIFTS teaching team all work within the media industry in Northern Ireland and can offer advice and support to those seeking employment or further study in the field of creative media production.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC course has been designed to provide students with a strong theoretical background to television and film production as well as extensive experience working with professional equipment on live projects throughout the year. The combination of knowledge and skills students acquire on the HNC are all transferable into an industry setting.

ADDITIONAL COSTS A kit list will be sent to students once accepted onto the course with specific requirements.  This involves A portable hard drive (1TB/2TB) approx. £50 Closed back earphones (for editing) approx. £30 A memory card for both video and audio files approx. £25. In addition, students will be expected to attend a Production Skills Residential in Semester One (one overnight) and a Fiction Production Residential for their location shoot in Semester Two (2-3 nights).  Students are asked to budget approx. £25 per night for each of these residentials to allow for accommodation and food costs.

ACCREDITATION Recent graduates of the HNC course have progressed onto production trainee schemes with Northern Ireland Screen, permanent positions with some of NI’s independent production companies as well as freelancing as crew members on a range of Film/ Television/Commercial productions.

The course is provided and regulated by Pearson.

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


244 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Sports Massage Therapy (QCF) is focused towards those seeking to gain employment as a Sports Massage Therapist providing sports massage to prevent and manage injury. Through this qualification you will develop the skills, knowledge and understanding needed to apply sports massage methods competently to recent non-acute injury and pre-existing conditions. Mandatory Units Include • Conducting subjective and objective assessment • Provide sports massage techniques to prevent and manage injury • Treatment modalities to support soft tissue repair.

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study Approximately 6 hours studying and preparing assessments. A further 5 hours clinical practice per week.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • The VTCT Level 3 certificate or Diploma in sports massage therapy or equivalent qualification and • The VTCT Level 3 Anatomy & Physiology with nutrition for sports therapies or equivalent qualifications

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 245

Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Graduates will be able to progress onto the VTCT Level 5 Certificate in Sports Massage (QCF), which will build upon the skills, knowledge and understanding gained at Level 4. Graduates from Level 4 are also eligible to join the SMA (Sports Massage Association) at Level 4

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Successful completion of this course will equip you with the skills to apply to positions such as Sports Massage Practitioner working independently in a Sports Club or with a Sports Team. You may also be eligible to apply for positions working alongside Osteopaths, Physiotherapists or Sports Therapists.

ADDITIONAL COSTS • Approximate prices below of extra costs • Uniform T-shirt £20 • Equipment Massage Oils £8 (500ml) & Portable massage plinth £100-£200 for use at home. • Mandatory Access NI fee of £33.

ACCREDITATION VTCT

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


246 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Reflexology for the Complementary Therapist Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Reflexology (QCF) is a government skills approved qualification covering advanced reflexology techniques suitable to be used in clinical settings. During this course you will study mandatory advanced reflexology techniques to include, hand, ear, face, maternity reflexology in all stages, fertility, nine months gestation and post pregnancy, palliative care and life limiting conditions, pain management, foot reading and emotional interpretations and other specialist techniques. The study of a range of applications such as meridian reflexology, zone therapy techniques to maximise understanding and precision in working practices. Mandatory VTCT Units • Interpersonal skills, life stages for the complementary therapist • Relating body systems and anatomy and physiology for the complementary therapist • Advanced reflexology techniques for the complementary therapist

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 4 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 247

Personal Study A further 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Reflexology which must include Anatomy and Physiology. English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Interview APL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this qualification, students will be eligible to apply for vacancies in a variety of roles, either within a hospital, hospice or health care environment or self-employed in a complementary health clinic, beauty spa or private clinic.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The qualification is supported by Ofqual and FHT and is designed for qualified therapists to reach a suitable standard to work in a healthcare clinical setting.

ADDITIONAL COSTS There may be a field trip or guest speakers. Tutor will give details of cost.

ACCREDITATION VTCT

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


248 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Advanced Techniques and Management Practice in Hairdressing Duration 32 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This course is ideal for experienced and qualified hairdressing professionals who work unsupervised, possibly in a supervisory or managerial role, and have a high level of relevant knowledge and skills. The VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Advanced Techniques and Management Practice in Hairdressing qualification is ideal for experienced and qualified hairdressing professionals who work unsupervised, possibly in a supervisory or managerial role, and have a high level of relevant knowledge and skills. This qualification can help you set up and run your own hairdressing business. You will gain the skills to manage staff and resources, learn how to develop and promote your business and develop your technical skills. Units covered include • Quality management of client care in the hair and beauty sector • Manage the creation of a hair style collection • Salon management • Hair & scalp specialist services

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 249

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 8 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Successful completion of NVQ/VRQ Level 3 Hairdressing English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. All students must be willing to participate with one another during practical sessions. Please note students must arrange their own models for assessment.

ACCREDITATION This course is accredited through VTCT

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On successful completion of this course you will be able to apply for vacancies in a hairdressing salon or complete another qualification. This qualification can help you progress into a wide range of roles within the hair and beauty sector.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? We will help you to develop the skills that show an employer that you can use your knowledge to the best effect, that you have the right attitude, work to high standards and will be a great asset to their business. The qualification is suited for experienced and qualified hairdressing professionals who have specific roles within a salon.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Candidates would be expected to have access to their own hairdressing kit. You will be required to purchase additional products and equipment to meet the needs of the individual units. The approximate cost for this will be confirmed at interview.

Return to contents page


250 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation Duration 27 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation (QCF) is an advanced qualification that has been specifically designed for beauty therapists This qualification is the only Level 4 qualification offered by VTCT in Micropigmentation (QCF). The VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation (QCF) is about using micropigmentation, a form of cosmetic tattooing to create make-up effects to enhance facial features. Units include • Management of health, safety and security in the salon • Quality management of client care in the hair and beauty sector • Enhance appearance using micropigmentation treatment

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 8 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology.

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 251

Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. All students must be willing to participate with one another during practical sessions. Please note students must arrange their own models for assessment

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? Successful completion of this qualification will enable you apply for vacancies in a related field or complete another qualification for example VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments (QCF).

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? You will be qualified to carry out a range of micro-pigmentation effects as well as providing the relevant aftercare, skills which are necessary to be successful in this field.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Prospective students must have access to practise on a micro pigmentation machine in order to develop their skills.

ACCREDITATION VTCT

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


252 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments Duration 33 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments (QCF) is an advanced qualification that has been specifically designed for beauty therapists. This qualification is the only Level 4 qualification offered by VTCT in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments (QCF). The VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Laser and Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) Treatments (QCF) is a vocationally related qualification and is focused on reducing hair growth and photo rejuvenation of the skin using intense pulse light and laser treatments. Units include • Client care and communication in beauty related industries • Laser and light treatments for hair removal • Laser and light treatments for skin rejuvenation • Management of health, safety and security in the salon

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 8 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 253

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Successful completion of NVQ Level 3 Beauty and a good underpinning knowledge of Anatomy and Physiology. Access Diploma • Access Diploma in Foundation Studies with an overall average of 60%+ English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters,

leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance. All students must be willing to participate with one another during practical sessions. Please note students must arrange their own models for assessment.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? When you have successfully completed this qualification you will be in a position to aspire to promotion as an advanced beauty therapist providing laser and IPL services within a beauty salon. Other subjects you can study include VTCT Level 4 Certificate in Micropigmentation, VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Advanced Beauty Therapy, and HND in Beauty Therapy Management.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? All therapists conducting Laser Treatments must hold a Level 4 qualification

ADDITIONAL COSTS There will be no additional costs associated with this course

ACCREDITATION VTCT

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


254 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Aromatherapy for the Complementary Therapist Duration 32 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION VTCT Level 4 Diploma in Aromatherapy is a government skills approved qualification covering advanced aromatherapy blending and methods suitable for use in clinical settings. You will investigate and compare sources of essential oils, methods of extraction and a deeper knowledge of the chemistry and clinical effect. Study quality and therapeutic value when using the oils. The study of more unusual essential oils and carriers. Do research projects. Mandatory VTCT Modules • Interpersonal skills for the complementary therapist • Advanced anatomy and physiology for the complementary therapist • Advanced aromatherapy for the complementary therapist

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 4 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study A further 6 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments (To include practice on clients) in your own time per week, including use of online materials

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 255

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

There is a prerequisite of level 3 Diploma qualification in Aromatherapy which must include Anatomy and Physiology.

On successful completion of this qualification, students will be eligible to apply for vacancies in a variety of roles, either within a hospital, hospice or health care environment or self-employed in a complementary health clinic, beauty spa or private clinic.

English Language Requirements for International students • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 (minimum of 5.5 in all skills) • PTE 51 Or an approved equivalent test in English Equivalent qualifications include • Grade C (or above) in GCSE English • Successfully completion of a Level 3 Vocational Programme with assessments completed in English Language • Essential Skills in Literacy (Level 2) • ESOL Level 2 Tier 4 Students SERC will only accept a Secure English Language Test (SELT) for issuing a Certificate of Acceptance for Studies (CAS) Admissions By Interview APL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning or previous qualifications. Further details on APL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The qualification is supported by Ofqual and FHT and is designed for qualified therapists to reach a suitable standard to work in a healthcare clinical setting.

ADDITIONAL COSTS The purchase of less common essential oils. There is also a field trip. Tutor will give details of cost.

ACCREDITATION VTCT

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, practical, posters, leaflets, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance.

Return to contents page


256 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

VTCT Level 5 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy

proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation (PNF), and active isolated stretching. This will include critical evaluation of the effects and benefits of each technique. You will also be able to provide aftercare methods that will complement your massage treatment, to include mobility, proprioception and isometric strengthening.

Duration 29 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION The VTCT Level 5 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy is aimed at experienced massage therapists who wish to develop massage skills, knowledge and understanding. This qualification will enable you to work with non-acute recent injuries and pre-existing conditions for restorative and corrective purposes, with focus on posture, gait, ligamentous and neural conditions. Through this qualification you will develop an in depth understanding of, and use a range of complex assessment methods and complex massage techniques. Assessment will include subjective assessment and build on prior knowledge looking more deeply at yellow and red flags and their implications. Objective assessment will include posture (including myofascial reading e.g. anatomy trains), gait analysis, range of movement, isometric testing and a variety of special tests. Special tests will include testing of ligaments, labrum, cartilage and for indications of impingement and dislocation. You will also develop your knowledge of the neurological system and be able to recognise neurological presentations. This will include exploration of pathophysiology (ligamentous and neural) of all the major joints. Practically you will carry out sports massage using a range of complex techniques, to include myofascial, positional release,

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk

In addition you will explore the concept of evidence-based practice, understand the importance of evidence-based practice in sport and be able critically to appraise research undertaken on the use of sports massage and be able to draw conclusions. Units include Conduct complex assessment for sports massage Provided complex massage techniques for sports massage

CONTACT HOURS PER WEEK 5 hours contact time to include practical classes, lectures, workshops or tutorials Personal Study Approximately 6 hours studying and preparing assessments. A further 10 hours clinical practice per week.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You must have completed the Level 4 Certificate in Sports Massage Therapy or equivalent in order to undertake this qualification.

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? For Learning Outcome 1 (Be able to undertake assessment of sports specific postures and gait) competent performance of Observation outcomes must be demonstrated on at least one occasion. For Learning Outcomes 2 (Be able to conduct complex assessment methods for sports massage) and 3 (Be able


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 257

to devise a sports massage treatment plan from information gathered) competent performance of Observation outcomes must be demonstrated on at least five occasions on a minimum of 5 clients. Assessor observations, witness testimonies and products of work are likely to be the most appropriate sources of performance evidence. Professional discussion may be used as supplementary evidence for those criteria that do not naturally occur. Feedback is offered throughout the process in both verbal and written format. Your assessor will observe your performance of practical tasks. The minimum number of competent observations required is indicated in the Evidence requirements section of this unit. Criteria may not always naturally occur during a practical observation. In such instances you will be asked questions to demonstrate your competence in this area. Your assessor will document the criteria that have been achieved through professional discussion and/or oral questioning. This evidence will be recorded by your assessor in written form or by other appropriate means. Your assessor will sign off a learning outcome when all criteria have been competently achieved. The range section indicates what must be covered. Ranges should be practically demonstrated as part of an observation. Your assessor will document the portfolio reference once a range has been competently achieved.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME? On completion of this qualification you will be able to gain employment as a Level 5 Sports Massage Practitioner using a variety of soft tissue and assessment techniques. You will be able to work with recent non-acute injuries and pre-existing conditions. This may include working in clinics, for sporting teams or as a mobile therapist. This may be in an employed or self-employed context.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? Throughout this qualification, you will develop an advanced understanding of the biological basis for complex massage/soft tissue methods and the impact of nutrition and hydration on the effects of treatment. The effectiveness of complex massage/soft tissue methods will also be evaluated, as will research undertaken on the use of these methods in sport and active leisure. You will develop the understanding and skills required to carry out and analyse comprehensive subjective assessments of clients. You will undertake detailed biomechanical assessments, test and analyse the integrity of the muscular and neurological systems and develop complex treatment strategies based on sound clinical reasoning and evidence-based research. You will also develop the understanding and skills to prepare, apply and evaluate a range of complex sports massage/soft tissue methods to prevent and manage injuries. You will cover a range of complex client presentations and carry out advanced objective assessments (i.e. neurological testing) with competence. The purpose of including these elements is not to provide you with the knowledge, understanding and skills to diagnose and treat clients presenting with medical pathology, but to recognise serious pathology so that immediate referral to a medical/healthcare professional can be made. The VTCT Level 5 Diploma in Sports Massage Therapy (QCF) has been designed to provide experienced practitioners currently working in sport and active leisure, with the requisite understanding and complex skills and techniques to work as an advanced sports massage practitioner. You will be equipped to work with clientele ranging from recreational sport and active leisure enthusiasts to professional sports persons and elite athletes.

ADDITIONAL COSTS Recommended reading list  • Myofascial Release (Hands-On Guides for Therapists) Paperback - 15 Jun 2014 by Ruth Duncan - £24.99 • The Concise Book of Trigger Points Paperback - 29 Aug 2014  by Simeon Niel-Asher - £15.99 • Muscle Energy Techniques A Practical Handbook for Physical Therapists Paperback - 30 Nov 2011 by John Gibbons - £13.99 • Postural Assessment (Hands-On Guides for Therapists) Paperback - 1 Feb 2012 by Jane Johnson - £25.99 • Massage kit to include; oil, towels, bolster, couch roll. • Access NI fee of £33 • Uniform cost t-shirt approximately £20

ACCREDITATION This is a VTCT course

TERMS & CONDITIONS Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

Return to contents page


258 / PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS

Pearson BTEC Level 4 HNC in Art and Design (Arts Practice) Duration 30 Weeks

SHORT DESCRIPTION This one year part-time course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to take the first steps towards a career within the creative industries. It is for students who already have an existing strong art and design skills set and wish not only to extend these but also to develop an understanding of how to exhibit, promote and sell their work within the creative marketplace. It is delivered over two full days and one half day a week to allow students to balance other work and personal commitments alongside their course of study. Contextual studies increase your knowledge and understanding of historical and contemporary art practices. You are taught academic skills and methods and learn to write analytically about art and related concepts. There is a strong emphasis on the creative development of the individual and their practice. It allows students to refine and hone both their practical and theoretical skills in a nurturing, supportive and creative environment. The experienced teaching team have strong industrial links across the creative arts in Northern Ireland. The course is project driven and student focused offering an inter disciplinary programme across a series of 2D and 3D art practices, covering painting, print, sculpture, ceramic and digital art. Mandatory Modules • Professional Development • Contextual Studies

Further course information can be found at www.serc.ac.uk


PERFORMING AND CREATIVE ARTS / 259

• • • • • • •

Individual Project Techniques and Processes Specialist Units will Include Media Practices Material Practices Communication in Art and Design Visual Narratives

CONTACT HOURS 14 hours contact time to include practical classes, group work, lectures, seminars, visits, workshops, exhibitions or tutorials. Student workload usually includes 2 to 3 assessments per module. Personal Study A further 10 hours maximum studying and preparing assessments

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • GCSE • A minimum of 4 GCSEs Grade C or above (or Level 2 Essential Skills) GCSE English GCSE English Language Grade C or above OR Pass in Level 2 Essential Skills Literacy UCAS • A minimum of 32 UCAS points at A level which must include a grade C pass or above at A2 moving image arts/media related subject • A BTEC foundation Diploma in Art and Design with a M profile • BTEC/OCR Level 3 Diploma in Art and Design equivalent to 32 UCAS points. International requirements • Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) level B2 • IELTS 6.0 or equivalent, with no band score under 5.5 • Trinity ISE Pass at Level III or other University-approved equivalent qualifications

Admissions Successful completion of the admissions process APEL Provide evidence of ability to undertake the programme by meeting the requirements for the accreditation of prior experiential learning. Further details on APEL can be found in the admissions section

HOW WILL I BE ASSESSED AND GIVEN FEEDBACK? Students are assessed using a range of different methods. These include examinations, coursework, Project Based Learning, presentations, exhibitions, practical, role-play, and case studies. This is dependent on the requirements of each unit of study. Oral, written and online feedback will be provided during your course to help improve and monitor performance

ADDITIONAL COSTS A materials list will be sent to students once accepted onto the course with specific requirements.  This will include; A standard kit of art materials such as sketch books, paints, brushes, pencils, pens. Approx. £100 A digital SLR camera. Approx. £150 upwards A portfolio case with sleeves A3 or above dependent on own practice. Approx. £40-£60 A memory cards for both video and audio files approx. £25. In addition, students will be expected to partake in gallery/museum/workshop visits. Students are asked to budget approx. £30 per visit for transport and food.

ACCREDITATION The course is provided and regulated by Pearson.

WHERE WILL IT TAKE ME?

TERMS & CONDITIONS

Successful completion of the HNC Art and design course may provide you with the opportunity to complete a further year leading to the Level 5 HND in Art and Design programme. The course aims to help students to develop industry connections through a strong programme of masterclasses, practical workshops and industry visits. The teaching team all work within the creative arts in Northern Ireland and can offer advice and support to those seeking employment or further study in the field of creative industries.

Students will be required to comply with SERC’s Terms & Conditions of study. While we endeavour to run all our courses on the advertised day, SERC reserves the right to change the day of week on which the course runs.

HOW WILL IT MAKE ME MORE EMPLOYABLE? The HNC course has been designed to provide students with a strong theoretical and practical background to working in art practice. The combination of knowledge and skills students acquired on the HNC are all transferable into an industry setting.

Return to contents page


T 0345 600 7555 E info@serc.ac.uk www.serc.ac.uk

BANGOR CAMPUS Castle Park Road Bangor Co Down BT20 4TD DOWNPATRICK CAMPUS Market Street Downpatrick Co Down BT30 6LZ LISBURN CAMPUS Castle Street Lisburn Co Antrim BT27 4SU

serc.ac.uk

SERC

NEWTOWNARDS CAMPUS Victoria Avenue Newtownards Co Down BT23 7EH SERC (PSC) PROFESSIONAL SKILLS CENTRE Nutts Corner 17 Dundrod Road Crumlin BT29 4SR

SERC_AppNI

Bangor | Downpatrick | Lisburn | Newtownards

Profile for SERC

SERC - HE Full-Time & Part-Time Prospectus  

SERC - HE Full-Time & Part-Time Prospectus